STABLE FORMULATIONS OF POLYPEPTIDES AND USES THEREOF

Abstract

Formulations are provided that contain single variable domains with a good solubility and good stability under different storage, transportation and stress conditions. The formulations are useful as pharmaceutical formulation. The formulation comprises an aqueous carrier with a pH of 5.5 to 8.0, a buffer selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0; an excipient; and/or a surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 and poloxamers. The formulation is further characterized that it has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower. The invention further relates to containers and pharmaceutical units comprising such formuSations and to methods for preparing and prophylactic and therapeutic uses of the formulations and pharmaceutical units of the invention.

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to formulations of single variable domains. More specifically the present invention provides formulations that contain single variable domains with a good solubility and good stability under different storage and stress conditions. The formulations of the invention are suitable for administration to human subjects.

The invention further relates to containers and pharmaceutical units comprising such formulations and to prophylactic and therapeutic uses of the formulations and pharmaceutical units of the invention.

Other aspects, embodiments, advantages and applications of the invention will become clear from the further description herein.

BACKGROUND ART

Nanobodies (as further described herein) are characterized by formation of the antigen binding site by a single variable domain, which does not require interaction with a further domain (e.g. in the form of VH/VL interaction) for antigen recognition. Nanobodies have been described against a wide range of different targets (WO 04/062551, WO 05/044858, WO 06/040153, WO 06/122825, WO 07/104,529, WO 08/020,079, WO 08/074,839, WO 08/071,447, WO 08/074,840, WO 08/074,867, WO 08/077,945, WO 08/101,985, WO 08/142,164, WO 09/068,625, WO 08/142,165, WO 09/068,627) which could be ideal candidates for drug development. Nanobodies against IL-6R that can inhibit the IL-6/IL-6R interaction are described in WO 08/020,079. Nanobodies against the p19 subunit of IL-23 that block the interaction of IL-23 with its receptor have been described in WO 09/068,627. Nanobodies against RANKL that can inhibit osteoclast formation are described in WO 08/142,164. The OPG/RANKL/RANK system has recently been discovered as pivotal regulatory factors in the pathogenesis of bone diseases and disorders like e.g. osteoporosis.

Proteins, such as therapeutic antibodies and Nanobodies, are often transported and/or stored for later use. It is important therefore that such proteins preserve the stability and biological activity of the protein under various conditions such as different temperature regimens and mechanical stress.

Certain prior liquid antibody preparations have shown short shelf lives and loss of biological activity of the antibodies resulting from chemical and/or physical instabilities during the transportation and storage. Chemical instability may be caused by deamidation, racemization, hydrolysis, oxidation, beta elimination or disulfide exchange, and physical instability may be caused by antibody denaturation, aggregation, precipitation or adsorption. Among those, aggregation, deamidation and oxidation are known to be the most common causes of the antibody degradation (Cleland et al., 1993, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 10: 307-377). Little is known about drug formulation components that provide stable liquid formulations of Nanobodies.

There exists a need for stable liquid formulations of Nanobodies which show a good solubility of the Nanobody and which exhibit increases stability, low to undetectable levels of aggregation, low to undetectable levels of Nanobody degradation, and very little to no loss of biological activity of the Nanobody, even under different transportation and storage conditions.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides improved formulations (also referred to as “formulation(s) of the invention”) of polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains that show good solubility of the single variable domains and retain increased stability of the single variable domains under a variety of different transportation, storage and in-use conditions. The present invention is based on the finding that the presence in the formulation of certain buffers, certain excipients and/or certain surfactants may increase the solubility, the melting temperature and/or the stability of the single variable domains present in the formulation.

The present invention provides solubility data for formulations with polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains (also referred to as “polypeptide(s) of the invention”) up to 150 mg/mL and higher. The invention further shows that such formulations can be transported, manipulated through various administration devices and retain activity, purity and potency under different stress conditions: mechanical stress conditions; storage of the formulation at various stress conditions such as different freeze/thaw cycles, at 2-8° C., at 25±5° C. and at elevated temperature.

The formulation of the present invention comprises an aqueous carrier with a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/ml to 200 mg/ml, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject and said formulation further comprising one or more components selected from:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20% (w:v);
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 and poloxamers;
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower.

In a preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises at least two of the above components, such as e.g. at least the components in a) and b), at least the components in a) and c) or at least the components in b) and c). Preferably, the formulation of the invention comprises the components in a), b) and c).

The present inventors observed that formulations that have 150 mM or less of inorganic salt show a much better stability of the single variable domains contained in the formulation. Inorganic salts frequently used in pharmaceutical formulation are NaCl and KCl. The single variable domains present in formulations containing 150 mM or less of inorganic salt have shown increased stability (e.g. less tendency to form aggregates, dimers and/or pyroglutamate, or to loose potency) at different stress storage conditions (such as e.g. during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)), an improved melting temperature and/or an increased solubility. Preferably, the formulation contains 100 mM or less of inorganic salt, more preferably even 50 mM or less of inorganic salt. Most preferably the formulation does not contain any inorganic salt.

The polypeptide (also referred to as “polypeptide of the invention”) comprising one or more single variable domains for use in the formulation of the invention may be therapeutic or prophylactic, and may be useful in the prevention, treatment and/or management of one or more diseases and/or disorders. In one specific aspect, the polypeptide has at least two single variable domains. In another specific aspect, the polypeptide has at least three single variable domains. Preferred polypeptides of the invention and single variable domains used in the polypeptide of the invention are described in WO 08/142,164, WO 08/020,079 and WO 09/068,627. Particularly preferred polypeptides of the invention may be selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.

The polypeptide of the invention may be present in the formulation of the present invention at a concentration of about 1 to 200 mg/mL or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more.

In an aspect of the invention, the formulation is homogeneous. In another aspect, the formulation of the invention is sterile. In addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulation of the present invention comprises at least an aqueous carrier (e.g. distilled water, MilliQ water or WFI) and a buffer.

The pH of the formulation of the invention should be in the range of 5.5 to 8.0, preferably the pH is around 6.0 to 7.5, more preferably around 6.2 to 7.5 or around 6.2 to 7.0. Most preferably the pH is in the range of 6.5 to 7.0, such as e.g. pH 6.5. These pH ranges have shown to provide an increased melting temperature to the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention.

Preferred buffers for use in the formulation of the invention are hepes pH 7.0-8.0, histidine pH 6.0-6.5, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 or acetate pH 5.5-6.0, preferably hepes pH 7.0 or histidine pH 6.0-6.5, most preferably histidine pH 6.0, 6.2 or 6.5. Formulations comprising one of these buffers have shown a very good solubility (as defined herein) of the polypeptides of the invention, an improved melting temperature of the polypeptides present in the formulation and increased stability (e.g. less tendency to form aggregates, dimers and/or pyroglutamate, or to lose potency) at different stress storage conditions (such as e.g. during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)). The buffer is preferably at a concentration of about 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM. In a specific aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5 at a concentration of 15 mM or a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM.

Accordingly, the present invention provides stable formulations of polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulations comprising an aqueous carrier, the polypeptide at a concentration from about 1 to 200 mg/mL or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more, and a buffer such as a histidine buffer with a pH ranging from 6.0 to 7.0 at a concentration of about 10 to 20 mM.

Preferably the formulation of the invention is isotonic or slightly hypotonic and/or has an osmolality of about 290±60 mOsm/kg, such as about 240 or higher, 250 or higher or 260 or higher. Isotonicity of the formulation can be further adjusted by the addition of one or more excipients and/or tonifiers.

Preferred excipients/tonifiers for use in the formulation of the present invention are saccharides and/or polyols. Accordingly, in another aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises a saccharide and/or polyol. Formulations comprising one or more saccharides and/or polyols have shown increased stability (e.g. less tendency to form aggregates, dimers and/or pyroglutamate, or to loose potency) at different stress storage conditions (such as e.g. during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) and during mechanical stress conditions) and/or an improved melting temperature of the polypeptides present in the formulation. In a specific aspect of the invention, the excipient present in the formulation of the invention is a non-reducing sugar. In another specific aspect, the excipient present in the formulation of the invention is a disaccharide. In another specific aspect, the excipient present in the formulation of the invention is selected from sucrose, trehalose, sorbitol and mannitol. The saccharide and/or polyol is preferably present in the formulation of the invention at a concentration of about 1% to 20%, preferably about 2.5% to 15%, more preferably about 5% to 10%, such as around 5%, around 7.5%, around 8% or around 10%.

Accordingly, the present invention provides stable formulations of polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulations comprising an aqueous carrier, the polypeptide at a concentration from about 1 to 200 mg/mL or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more, and a saccharide and/or polyol at a concentration of about 1% to 20%, preferably about 2.5% to 15%, more preferably about 5% to 10%, such as around 5%, around 7.5%, around 8% or around 10%.

In another specific aspect, the formulation of the invention may comprise one or more surfactants (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer). Formulations comprising a surfactant have shown a very good solubility (as defined herein) of the polypeptides of the invention and/or increased stability under mechanical stress. The surfactant may be present at a concentration in the range of about 0.001% to 1% (preferably between about 0.001% to 0.1%, or about 0.01% to 0.1% such as around 0.001%, around 0.005%, around 0.01%, around 0.02%, around 0.05%, around 0.08%, around 0.1%, around 0.5%, or around 1% of the formulation, preferably around 0.01%).

Accordingly, the present invention provides stable formulations of polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulations comprising an aqueous carrier, the polypeptide at a concentration from about 1 to 200 mg/mL or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more, and a surfactant (e.g., Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer) at a concentration in the range of about 0.001% to 1% (preferably between about 0.001% to 0.1%, or about 0.01% to 0.1% such as around 0.001%, around 0.005%, around 0.01%, around 0.02%, around 0.05%, around 0.08%, around 0.1%, around 0.5%, or around 1% of the formulation, preferably around 0.01%).

A preferred formulation of the invention may comprise:

a) A histidine pH 6.5 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM, such as 10 mM to 20 mM;

b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 10%; and

c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise:

a) A histidine pH 6.5 buffer at a concentration of 15 mM;

b) Sucrose at a concentration of 8%; and

c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.01%.

Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise:

a) A histidine pH 6.0 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM, such as 10 mM to 20 mM;

b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 10%; and

c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise:

a) A histidine pH 6.0 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM;

b) Sucrose at a concentration of 10%; and

c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.005%.

The present invention provides formulations of a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains which exhibit high solubility of the polypeptide, little to no aggregation of the polypeptide and high stability during long periods of storage.

In one aspect, the components present in the formulations of the invention have been selected such that the polypeptides of the invention have a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL, at least 50 mg/mL, preferably at least 90 mg/mL, at least 120 mg/mL, at least 150 mg/mL or even 200 mg/mL or more.

In another aspect, the components present in the formulations of the invention have been selected such that the polypeptide present in the formulation of the invention has a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more (such as 59.5° C. or more), preferably at least 60° C. or more (such as 60.5° C. or more), more preferably at least 61° C. or more (such as 61.5° C. or more) or at least 62° C. or more (such as 62.5° C. or more), most preferably at least 63° C. or more (such as 63.5° C. or more) as measured by the thermal shift assay (TSA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).

In yet another aspect, the formulation of the present invention exhibits stability under various stress conditions such as:

• • multiple (up to 10) freeze/thaw cycles;
  • storage at a temperature of 2-8° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • storage at a temperature of 25±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 15 year or even 2 years or more);
  • storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more); and/or
  • mechanical stress.

Mechanical stress as used in the present invention can be any form of external force applied on the formulation that may affect the stability of the polypeptide present in the formulation. Without being limiting, the mechanical stress applied to the solution can be shear stress, stir stress, shake stress, rotation stress, etc. Preferably the formulation of the invention is stable under one or more of the following forms of mechanical stress:

• • shaking the formulation during 10 s to 1 min;
  • pushing the formulation through a needle (250, preferably 260, more preferably 270, even more preferably 280, most preferably 29 G or more) with a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 ml, 10 mL up to 50 mL syringe);
  • rotating for two days at 10 rpm; and/or
  • stirring for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4-48 hours (such as 4-8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours or even 48 hours) at 4° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).

Preferably, the formulations of the present invention are stable under more than one (such as two, three, four, five, six or seven) of the above stress conditions, most preferably under all of the above stress conditions.

Accordingly, the polypeptide of the invention present in the formulation of the invention:

• • is stable after multiple (up to 10) freeze/thaw cycles, said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, potency assay (such as Biacore or ELISA) and/or SDS-PAGE;
  • is stable during storage at a temperature of 2-8° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, potency assay (such as Biacore or ELISA) and/or SDS-PAGE;
  • is stable during storage at a temperature of 25±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, potency assay (such as Biacore or ELISA) and/or SDS-PAGE;
  • is stable during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, potency assay (such as Biacore or ELISA) and/or SDS-PAGE;
  • is stable when shaking the formulation during 10 s to 1 min;
  • is stable when pushing the formulation through a needle (250, preferably 26 G, more preferably 27 G, even more preferably 280, most preferably 290 or more) with a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe);
  • is stable when rotating for two days at 10 rpm; and/or
  • is stable when stirring for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4-48 hours (such as 4-8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours or even 48 hours) at 4° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).

The stability of the formulations of the present invention can be demonstrated by the fact that less than 10% of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) and/or less than 10% of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. Preferably less than 10% of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) and less than 10% of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

In a specific aspect, less than 10% of the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more). In another specific aspect, less than 10% of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more). In yet another specific aspect, less than 10% of the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) and less than 10% of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more).

Apart from this and/or in addition, the stability of the formulations of the present invention can be demonstrated by the fact that it shows only low to undetectable levels of aggregation and/or particulate formation (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC, subvisible particle counting, analytical ultracentrifugation, dynamic light scattering, OD320/OD280 ratio measurement and/or elastic light scattering) even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. In a specific aspect, the formulations of the present invention show only low to undetectable levels of aggregation and/or particulate formation (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC, subvisible particle counting, analytical ultracentrifugation, dynamic light scattering and/or OD320/OD280 measurement) at a temperature of 37±5° C. and/or 5±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more).

Apart from this and/or in addition, the stability of the formulations of the present invention can be demonstrated by the fact that it shows only low to undetectable levels of fragmentation and/or degradation of the polypeptides (e.g. as assessed by SDS-PAGE, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and/or IEX-HPLC) even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. In a specific aspect, the formulations of the present invention show only low to undetectable levels of fragmentation and/or degradation of the polypeptides (e.g. as assessed by SDS-PAGE, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and/or IEX-HPLC) at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more).

Apart from this and/or in addition, the stability of the formulations of the present invention can be demonstrated by the fact that it shows very little to no loss of the biological activities of the polypeptide of the invention (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. In a specific aspect, the formulations of the present invention show very little to no loss of the biological activities of the polypeptide of the invention (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) at a temperature of 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more).

More specifically, in the formulations of the present invention at least 80% (preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95% or even at least 99%) of the polypeptides retain their binding activity to at least one (preferably to all) of their targets (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

In a specific aspect, at least 80% (preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95% or even at least 99%) of the polypeptides retains their binding activity (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) to at least one (preferably to all) of their targets after storage at 37±5° C. for up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 2 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

Accordingly the present invention provides stable formulations of polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains, wherein:

• • less than 10% of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • less than 10% of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • at least 80% of the polypeptides retain its binding activity (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) to at least one (preferably to all) of its targets after storage at 37±5° C. up to 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 2 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to storage; and/or
  • the polypeptide is stable under mechanical stress.

In a preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention is a pharmaceutical formulation.

The present invention further provides methods for preparing the stable formulations of the invention. The methods of the invention may comprise the steps of concentrating a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains and exchanging it with the preferred buffer and/or excipient.

Also provided are containers, kits and pharmaceutical unit dosages comprising the formulations of the invention for use by, e.g., a healthcare professional. In specific embodiments, the kits or pharmaceutical unit dosages comprising the stable formulations of the invention are formulated for parenteral administration (e.g., intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intravenously and/or subcutaneously) of the polypeptide of the invention to a human subject. The formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and/or kits can be used in prophylaxis and/or therapy. In a specific aspect, the formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and/or kits are used for the prevention and/or treatment of one or more diseases and/or disorders such as bone diseases and/or disorders (such as e.g. osteoporosis, cancer-related bone diseases, and/or bone loss associated with autoimmunity and/or viral infection) or autoimmune diseases (such as e.g. rheumatoid arthritis).

FIGURE LEGENDS

FIG. 1. The 280 nm SE-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a formulated in phosphate (A), or histidine (8) buffers with either 50 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl or 10% mannitol, before and after 10 freeze/thaw cycles. A zoom on the main peak is shown as inset.

FIG. 2. The 280 nm RP-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a formulated in phosphate buffers with either 50 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl or 10% mannitol, before and after 10 freeze/thaw cycles. A zoom on the main peak is shown as inset.

FIG. 3. The 280 nm SE-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a formulated in phosphate buffer with either 50 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl or 10% mannitol, after incubation for 2 weeks at 37° C. A zoom on the main peak is shown as inset.

FIG. 4. Figure demonstrating the time-dependent decrease (A) and increase (B) of the surface area of, respectively, the main peak (A) and % dimers (B) observed in SE-HPLC analysis of RANKL008a formulated in different buffers and stored up to 10 weeks at 37° C.

FIG. 5. The 280 nm RP-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a formulated in phosphate buffer with either 50 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl or 10% mannitol, after incubation for 2 weeks at 37° C. A zoom on the main peak is shown as inset.

FIG. 6. Overlay of the 280 nm IEX-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a formulated in phosphate buffer with either 50 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl or 10% mannitol, after incubation for 2 weeks at 37° C. A zoom on the main peak and postpeaks is shown as inset.

FIG. 7. Relative amounts (%) of the main peak and the two postpeaks observed in the IEX-HPLC chromatograms of the stability samples after storage for 10 weeks at 37° C.

FIG. 8. Picture and visual observation of the vials after shaking. The RANKL008a sample, diluted (to 5 mg/mL) and undiluted with or without 0.01% Tween 80 was shaken strongly (10 s-1 min).

FIG. 9. Overview of dilutions and steps made in syringeability study as described in Example 1.6.

FIG. 10. OD 320/278 and OD 350/278 ratios (n=3) after passage/storage of RANKL008a in syringes with different diluents as described in Example 1.6.

FIG. 11. Relative HSA and RANKL potency of RANKL008a after dilution in different diluents and passage/storage in syringes as described in Example 1.6.

FIG. 12. Overview of needle/gauge size study with diluted RANKL008a as described in Example 1.7.

FIG. 13. Overview of further needle/gauge size study with diluted and undiluted RANKL008a as described in Example 1.7.

FIG. 14. Overview of the results obtained for thermal stability testing of IL6R304 (A, C, E) and IL6R305 (B, D, F) and in function of NaCl concentration (A, B), mannitol added (C, D) and buffer/excipient (E, F).

FIG. 15. Overview of the results obtained in thermal stability testing of IL6R304 in Tris buffer pH 7.2 or Histidine pH 6.5, with sucrose, glycine or mannitol added as excipient.

FIG. 16. Thermograms (obtained after subtracting the base-lines) of IL6R304 in the buffers as indicated in the graph.

FIG. 17. PAMAS analysis of IL6R304 formulated in PBS compared to IL6R304 formulated in PBS+0.01% or 0.02% Tween 80. Counts of particles: >10 μm, >25 μm, >50 μm, >100 μm and >200 μm.

FIG. 18. SE-HPLC for the IL6R304 molecule in the presence of different concentrations of Tween 80,

FIG. 19. (A)-(C): Log-values of the soluble IL-6R Nanobody concentration (Y-axis) vs. PEG6000 concentration (%) (X-axis), together with the calculated solubility values. (D) represents an example of how the linear regression analysis is performed on the obtained data points to determine the intercept with the X-axis (from which the theoretical solubility at zero % PEG6000 can be deduced).

FIG. 20. Overlay of the SE-HPLC chromatograms of IL6R304 formulated at 10 mg/mL stored for 3 weeks at 37° C. Inset, zoom on the main peak to demonstrate the buffer-dependent differences in % aggregates.

FIG. 21. Figure demonstrating the buffer-dependent differences in % aggregates (peak surface area in SE-HPLC) that were observed in the stability samples of IL6R304 and IL6R305 stored for 1 week at 37° C.

FIG. 22, Figure demonstrating the buffer-dependent differences in % aggregates (peak surface area in SE-HPLC) that were observed in the stability samples of IL6R304 and IL6R305 stored for 3 weeks at 37° C.

FIG. 23. Overlays of the RP-HPLC chromatograms from IL6R304 incubated for 3 weeks at 37° C. in different formulation buffers. A zoom on the main peak is shown as inset. Note the increase of two minor prepeaks and a postpeak in the IL6R304 samples stored for 3 weeks.

FIG. 24. Osmolality data of IL6R304 (10 mg/mL) in the 12 different buffer indicated in the graph. The horizontal bar defines the isotonic region.

FIG. 25. Figure demonstrating the time-dependent increase of the % oligomers/aggregates (Y-axis) observed in SE-HPLC analysis of IL6R304 stored for up to 5 weeks at 37° C. (A) and 5° C. (B) in the buffers indicated in the graph. The % oligomers/aggregates is expressed as the sum of the % peak surface areas of prepeak1a, prepeak 1b and prepeak 2 relative to the total peak surface area.

FIG. 26. (A): the % oligomers (% peak surface area) observed in the Histidine buffers after storage for 3 weeks at 37° C. compared to the equivalent sample in PBS buffer. (B): time-dependent and buffer-dependent increase in the % oligomers observed in the IL-6R stability samples stored for up to 5 weeks at 37° C., at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in the buffers indicated in the graph.

FIG. 27. SE-HPLC profile of IL6R304 in the different buffers as depicted in Table 21. IL6R304 was less prone to oligomerization in L-histidine buffer compared to phosphate buffer. (A) Less oligomers, which were seen as prepeaks during SE-HPLC analysis, were present in IL6R304 samples stored for 8 weeks at 37° C. in L-histidine buffer (buffers 1-5) compared to phosphate buffer (buffers 6-10). The amount of oligomers was lowest in buffer 3. (B) The effect of the different excipients on oligomerization in either L-histidine versus phosphate. Note that the surface area of the postpeak was higher in phosphate compared to L-histidine.

FIG. 28. Kinetics of oligomer formation upon storage of IL6R304 in the different buffers. Oligomerization was significantly slower in L-histidine (buffers 1-5) compared to phosphate buffer (buffers 6-10).

FIG. 29. Overlay of the RP-HPLC chromatograms from IL6R304 after storage for up to 8 weeks at +37° C. in 10 different formulation buffers. A zoom on the main peak and sidepeaks is shown as inset.

FIG. 30. Kinetics of the formation for the pyroglutamate variant of IL6R304 upon storage under stressed conditions in the different buffers. Less pyroglutamate is formed in L-histidine compared to phosphate buffer.

FIG. 31. Aggregation index before and after stirring of IL6R304.

FIG. 32. Graphical presentation of Tm values for 23IL0064 as a function of NaCl concentration (A) and of mannitol concentration (B). Tm's were obtained in the thermal shift assay at 0.1 mg/mL.

FIG. 33. Graphical representation of the melting temperatures measured for 2310075 as a function of the pH, in 10 mM acetate, in 10 mM histidine, and in 10 mM phosphate buffer. The protein concentration was 0.2 mg/mL. Scanning was performed at 1° C./min, starting at 30° C.

FIG. 34. SE-HPLC chromatograms (OD280) of 23IL0064 in 40 mM histidine (pH 6.0)/50 mM NaCl. The start sample was compared to samples after concentration. No aggregate formation due to concentration of the sample in the histidine buffer was observed. The SE-HPLC was run with a Phenomenex BioSep SEC S-2000 column, with D-PBS as mobile phase at 0.2 mL/min.

FIG. 35. Log-values of the soluble protein concentration (Y-axis) vs. PEG6000 concentration (%, X-axis). The right upper panel represents an example of how the linear regression analysis is performed on the obtained data points to determine the intercept with the X-axis (from which the theoretical solubility at zero % PEG6000 can be deduced). In the histidine buffer, the experiment was performed at two concentrations which are presented in the two bottom graphs. For these two graphs no regression was possible.

FIG. 36. Log-values of the soluble protein concentration (Y-axis) of p23IL0064 and 23IL0075 in 10 mM phosphate buffer pH 7 with 50 mM NaCl vs. PEG6000 concentration (X-axis). By regression analysis and extrapolation to a zero concentration of PEG6000, the theoretical maximum protein concentrations (apparent solubility values) were calculated and were for both proteins approximately 50 mg/mL. This number should only be used after confirmation with other techniques.

FIG. 37. Log-values of the soluble protein concentration (Y-axis) of p23IL0064 and p23IL0075 in 40 mM histidine pH 6.0 buffer with 50 mM NaCl vs. PEG6000 concentration (X-axis). In this graph regression was not possible since no precipitation occurred in the PEG % window explored.

FIG. 38. SE-HPLC chromatograms (280 nm) of 25 μg 23IL0064 non-stressed and 37° C. (3w and 4w)-stressed samples in D-PBS. SE-HPLC was run on TSK-GEL G2000SWXL with D-PBS.

FIG. 39. RP-HPLC chromatograms (280 nm) of 25 μg 23IL0064 non-stressed and 37° C. (4w)-stressed sample in D-PBS. RP-HPLC was run on Zorbax C-3 column with a water/acetonitrile 0.1% TFA gradient.

FIG. 40. Graphical representation of the % peak area of the different RP-HPLC peaks of 23IL0064 and product related substances after 6 weeks stress at 37° C. in different formulation buffers. The first bar represents the reference sample, stored at −80° C. until analysis. The pre-peak 2 was present in the start sample and did not increase during the storage at 37° C.

FIG. 41. Overlay of RP-HPLC chromatograms (280 nm) of 23IL0064 in 20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 (conc. 22.4 mg/mL). Comparison of 6 weeks 37° C., 6 weeks 25° C., 6 weeks 4° C., and −80° C. reference. RP-HPLC was run on Zorbax 300SB-C3 column with a water/acetonitrile 0.1% TFA gradient 0.3%/min) at 75° C.

FIG. 42. SDS-PAGE of stability samples of 23IL0064 in 20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 CONC stressed for 6 weeks at 4° C., 25° C., 37° C. and its −80° C. Reference.

FIG. 43. Elastic light scattering as measured at 500 nm as a function of the temperature for 23IL0075 samples with different concentrations (as indicated in the legend).

FIG. 44. Elastic light scattering as measured at 500 nm as a function of the temperature for 250 μg/mL 23IL0075 in 10 mM phosphate pH 6.0. The temperature of the onset of aggregate formation is determined by means of linear fit.

FIG. 45. Elastic light scattering as measured at 500 nm as a function of the temperature for 250 μg/mL 23IL0075 in 10 mM Acetate pH 6.0. The temperature of the onset of aggregate formation is determined by means of linear fit.

FIG. 46. Elastic light scattering as measured at 500 nm as a function of the temperature for 250 μg/mL 23IL0075 in 10 mM Histidine pH 6.0. The temperature of the onset of aggregate formation is determined by means of linear fit.

FIG. 47. Graphical representation of the opalescence (measured by OD500) (A) and the % oligomers (% pre-peak) detected in SE-HPLC (B) after freeze/thaw stress. The percentage of oligomers in the reference sample was approximately 0.4%. In this study, an acetate, a histidine and a phosphate buffer were compared, in combination with mannitol or a mixture of mannitol and glycine as excipients, and Tween 80 or poloxamer in two different concentrations as surfactants.

FIG. 48. Graphical representation of the opalescence (measured by OD500) (A) and the % oligomers detected in SE-HPLC (B) after shear stress. The percentage of oligomers in the reference sample was approximately 0.4%. In this study, an acetate, a histidine and a phosphate buffer were compared, in combination with mannitol or a mixture of mannitol and glycine as excipients, and Tween 80 or poloxamer in two different concentrations as surfactants.

FIG. 49. Graphical representation of the opalescence (measured by OD500) (A), and the % oligomers detected in SE-HPLC (B) in different histidine buffers after freeze/thaw stress. The percentage of oligomers in the reference sample was approximately 0.4%.*For one sample the condition without detergent was included.

FIG. 50. Graphical representation of the opalescence (measured by OD500) (A), the % oligomers detected in SE-HPLC (B), and the % activity (albumin binding) of the Nanobody measured on Biacore (C) after shear stress. The percentage of oligomers in the reference sample was approximately 0.4%. In this study no detergents were included, to mimic the situation during the final concentration step of the DSP process.

FIG. 51. SE-HPLC chromatograms (280 nm) of 23IL0075 at 25 mg/mL in 10 mM Histidine pH 6.0, 10% sucrose, 0.005% Tween 80: the reference sample compared to 6 weeks storage at 25° C. and 37° C.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Unless indicated or defined otherwise, all terms used have their usual meaning in the art, which will be clear to the skilled person. Reference is for example made to the standard handbooks, such as Sambrook et al, “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual” (2nd. Ed.), Vols. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989); F. Ausubel et al, eds., “Current protocols in molecular biology”, Green Publishing and Wiley Interscience, New York (1987); Lewin, “Genes H”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., (1985); Old et al., “Principles of Gene Manipulation: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering”, 2nd edition, University of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. (1981); Roitt et al., “Immunology” (6th. Ed.), Mosby/Elsevier, Edinburgh (2001); Roitt et al., Roitt's Essential Immunology, 10th Ed. Blackwell Publishing, UK (2001); and Janeway et al., “Immunobiology” (6th Ed.), Garland Science Publishing/Churchill Livingstone, New York (2005), as well as to the general background art cited herein.

As used herein, the term “isolated” in the context of a polypeptide refers to a polypeptide which is substantially free of cellular material or contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which it is derived, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. The language “substantially free of cellular material” includes preparations of a polypeptide in which the polypeptide is separated from cellular components of the cells from which it is isolated or recombinantly produced. Thus, a polypeptide that is substantially free of cellular material includes preparations of a polypeptide having less than about 30%, 20%, 10%, or 5% (by dry weight) of heterologous protein, polypeptide, peptide, or antibody (also referred to as a “contaminating protein”). When the polypeptide is recombinantly produced, it may also be substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, 10%, or 5% of the volume of the polypeptide preparation. When the polypeptide is produced by chemical synthesis, it is preferably substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals, i.e., it is separated from chemical precursors or other chemicals which are involved in the synthesis of the polypeptide. Accordingly, such preparations of a polypeptide have less than about 30%, 20%, 10%, 5% (by dry weight) of chemical precursors or compounds other than the polypeptide of interest. In a specific embodiment, an “isolated” polypeptide is purified by a multi-step purification process that comprises two chromatography steps (e.g. cation exchange and anion exchange), a 100K ultrafiltration step, followed by a buffer exchange and concentration step in Ultrafiltration/Diafiltration mode.

As used herein, the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably. As used herein, the terms “subject” and “subjects” refer to an animal, preferably a mammal including a non-primate (e.g., a cow, pig, horse, cat, dog, rat, and mouse) and a primate (e.g., a monkey, such as a cynomolgus monkey, chimpanzee, baboon and a human), and more preferably a human. In a certain embodiment, the subject is a mammal, preferably a human, with one or more diseases or disorders, In another embodiment, the subject is a mammal, preferably a human, at risk of developing one or more diseases and/or disorders.

The terms “stability” and “stable” as used herein in the context of a formulation comprising a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains refer to the resistance of the polypeptide in the formulation to aggregation, to the formation of degradation products and/or to the formation of fragmentation products under given transportation and/or storage conditions. Apart from this and/or in addition, the “stable” formulations of the invention retain biological activity under given transportation and/or storage conditions. The stability of said polypeptide can be assessed by degrees of aggregation, degradation and/or fragmentation (as measured e.g. by SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, subvisible particle counting, analytical ultracentrifugation, dynamic light scattering, OD320/OD280 ratio measurement, elastic light scattering, etc.), and/or by % of biological activity (as measured e.g. by ELISA, Biacore, etc.) compared to a reference formulation. For example, a reference formulation may be a reference standard frozen at −20° C. or below −65° C. (such as e.g. −80° C.) consisting of the same polypeptide at the same concentration in D-PBS or consisting of the same polypeptide at the same concentration and in the same buffer as the stressed samples but without applying the stress conditions, which reference formulation regularly gives a single peak by SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and/or IEX-HPLC and/or keeps its biological activity in Biacore and/or ELISA.

“Solubility” is often described as the maximum achievable protein concentration whereby all of the protein remains in solution. At this concentration the protein should still be monomeric and free of aggregates. For determining protein solubility only a limited number of (mostly empirical) techniques are currently available. A first and popular technique consists of concentrating the sample by using centrifugal ultrafiltration up to the point where an opalescent solution is formed. Subsequently, the insoluble fraction is removed and the protein content of the supernatant is measured. Centrifugal concentrating devices such as for example Vivaspin concentrators with a molecular weight cut-off of 5 kDa can be used but require reasonable amounts of protein. Solubility can also be monitored using an inert macromolecule such as polyethylene glycol (PEG; Mr>6,000), which precipitates proteins primarily through an excluded volume effect, a process that can be generally understood in terms of a simple colloidal phase separation. A logarithmic linear relationship between protein solubility and weight percent polyethylene glycol can be obtained, and from this plot the intercept yields the solubility value. The term “good solubility” of the polypeptide of the invention, as used herein, means that no or little precipitation is observed of the polypeptide of the invention during downstream processing (DSP) and/or during storage for a short or longer time at 5° or −20° C. at concentrations ranging from 20-200 mg/ml or more. The formation of precipitates (oligomers or other particulates) can be measured e.g. by SE-HPLC, OD320/OD280 ratio measurement and/or elastic light scattering. Preferably, the polypeptides present in the formulations of the present invention have a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL, at least 30 mg/mL, at least 40 mg/mL, at least 50 mg/mL, at least 60 mg/mL, at least 65 mg/mL, at least 70 mg/mL, at least 80 mg/mL, at least 90 mg/mL, at least 100 mg/mL, at least 110 mg/mL, at least 120 mg/mL, at least 130 mg/mL, at least 140 mg/mL, at least 150 mg/mL, at least 200 mg/mL or even more. Preferably, the OD320/OD280 ratio of the formulations of the present invention is 0.05 or lower, such as 0.01 or lower or 0.005 or lower. The scattering in the formulation of the present invention should be within detection limit and preferably lower than 1000 abs, such as 750 abs or lower or 500 abs or lower.

The phrase “low to undetectable levels of aggregation” as used herein refers to samples containing no more than 5%, no more than 4%, no more than 3%, no more than 2%, no more than 1% or no more than 0.5% aggregation by weight of protein. Unless explicitly referred to differently, aggregation as used in the present invention means the development of high molecular weight aggregates, i.e. aggregates with an apparent molecular weight of more/higher than the apparent molecular weight observed in SE-HPLC analysis for dimers of the polypeptide of the invention (such as e.g. 44 kDa as observed for SEQ ID NO: 4; 36-38 kDa as observed for SEQ ID NO's 1-3; and 36 kDa as observed for SEQ ID NO: 5 in SE-HPLC) in comparison with molecular weight markers. Aggregation can be assessed by various methods known in the art. Without being limiting, examples include high performance size exclusion chromatography (SE-HPLC), subvisible particle counting, analytical ultracentrifugation (AUC), dynamic light scattering (DLS), static light scattering (SLS), elastic light scattering, OD320/OD280 measurement, Fourier Transform infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR), circular dichroism (CD), urea-induced protein unfolding techniques, intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence and/or differential scanning calorimetry techniques.

The term “low to undetectable levels of fragmentation and/or degradation” as used herein refers to samples containing equal to or more than 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99% of the total protein, for example, in a single peak as determined by SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and/or IEX-HPLC, representing the non-degraded polypeptide, and containing no other single peaks having more than 5%, more than 4%, more than 3%, more than 2%, more than 1%, or more than 0.5% of the total protein in each.

The term “very little to no loss of the biological activities” as used herein refers to single variable domain activities, including but not limited to, specific binding abilities of the single variable domain to the target of interest as measured by various immunological assays, including, but not limited to ELISAs and/or by Surface Plasmon Resonance (Biacore), In one embodiment, the single variable domains of the formulations of the invention retain at least 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or even 99% or more of the ability to specifically bind to an antigen as compared to a reference formulation, as measured by an immunological assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein. For example, an ELISA based assay (e.g. as described in the Example section) may be used to compare the ability of the single variable domain to specifically bind to its target. A “reference formulation” as used herein refers to a formulation that is frozen at a temperature of −20±5° C. or at below −64° C. (such as e.g. at −80° C.) consisting of the same single variable domain at the same concentration in D-PBS or consisting of the same single variable domains at the same concentration in the same buffer/excipients as the stressed samples but without applying the stress conditions, which reference formulation regularly gives a single peak by SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and/or IEX-HPLC and/or keeps its biological activity in Biacore and/or ELISA.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” as used herein means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government, or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia, European Pharmacopoeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. In this sense, it should be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not eliciting an unacceptable deleterious effect in the subject.

According to the European Pharmacopoeia, a solution is considered isotonic if it has an osmolality of 290±30 mOsm/kg. Osmolality measurements were therefore performed on the different formulations used in the stability studies. Isotonicity can be measured by, for example, a vapor pressure or ice-freezing type osmometer.

As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of an agent (e.g. a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) which is sufficient to reduce and/or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of one or more diseases and/or disorders.

The term “polyol” as used herein refers to sugars that contains many hydroxyl (—OH) groups compared to a normal saccharide. Polyols include alcohols and carbohydrates such as mannitol, sorbitol, maltitol, xylitol, isomalt, erythritol, lactitol, sucrose, glucose, galactose, fructose, fucose, ribose, lactose, maltose and cellubiose.

As used herein, the terms “therapeutic agent” and “therapeutic agents” refer to any agent(s) which can be used in the prevention, treatment and/or management of one or more diseases and/or disorders. In the context of the present invention, the term “therapeutic agent” refers to a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains. In certain other embodiments, the term “therapeutic agent” refers to an agent other than the polypeptide of the invention which might be used in the formulation.

As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapeutic agent (e.g. a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains), that is sufficient to reduce the severity of one or more diseases and/or disorders.

The term “excipient” as used herein refers to an inert substance which is commonly used as a diluent, vehicle, preservative, binder or stabilizing agent for drugs which imparts a beneficial physical property to a formulation, such as increased protein stability, increased protein solubility, and/or decreased viscosity. Examples of excipients include, but are not limited to, proteins (e.g., serum albumin), amino acids (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, lysine, arginine, glycine), surfactants (e.g., SDS, Tween 20, Tween 80, poloxamers, polysorbate and nonionic surfactants), saccharides (e.g., glucose, sucrose, maltose and trehalose), polyols (e.g., mannitol and sorbitol), fatty acids and phospholipids (e.g., alkyl sulfonates and caprylate). For additional information regarding excipients, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (by Joseph P. Remington, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.), which is incorporated herein in its entirety.

The term “variable domain” or “immunoglobulin variable domain” refers to the part or domain of an immunoglobulin molecule or antibody which is partially or fully responsible for antigen binding. The term “single variable domain” or “immunoglobulin single variable domain” (both terms are used interchangeably), defines molecules wherein the antigen binding site is present on, and formed by, a single immunoglobulin domain. This sets single variable domains apart from “conventional” immunoglobulins or their fragments, wherein two immunoglobulin domains, in particular two “variable domains” interact to form an antigen binding site. Typically, in conventional immunoglobulins, a heavy chain variable domain (VH) and a light chain variable domain (VL) interact to form an antigen binding site. In this case, the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) of both VH and VL will contribute to the antigen binding site, i.e. a total of 6 CDRs will be involved in antigen binding site formation.

In contrast, the binding site of a single variable domain is formed by a single VH or VL domain. Hence, the antigen binding site of a single variable domain is formed by no more than three CDRs. The term “single variable domain” does comprise fragments of conventional immunoglobulins wherein the antigen binding site is formed by a single variable domain.

Generally, single variable domains will be amino acid sequences that essentially consist of 4 framework regions (FR1 to FR4 respectively) and 3 complementarity determining regions (COR1 to CDR3 respectively); or any suitable fragment of such an amino acid sequence (which will then usually contain at least some of the amino acid residues that form at least one of the CDR's). Such single variable domains and fragments are most preferably such that they comprise an immunoglobulin fold or are capable for forming, under suitable conditions, an immunoglobulin fold. As such, the single variable domain may for example comprise a light chain variable domain sequence (e.g. a V, sequence) or a suitable fragment thereof; or a heavy chain variable domain sequence (e.g. a V_L sequence or V_HH sequence) or a suitable fragment thereof; as long as it is capable of forming a single antigen binding unit (i.e. a functional antigen binding unit that essentially consists of the single variable domain, such that the single antigen binding domain does not need to interact with another variable domain to form a functional antigen binding unit, as is for example the case for the variable domains that are present in for example conventional antibodies and scFv fragments that need to interact with another variable domain—e.g. through a V_H/V_L interaction—to form a functional antigen binding domain).

In one aspect of the invention, the single variable domains are light chain variable domain sequences (e.g. a V_L sequence), or heavy chain variable domain sequences (e.g. a V_H sequence); more specifically, the single variable domains can be heavy chain variable domain sequences that are derived from a conventional four-chain antibody or heavy chain variable domain sequences that are derived from a heavy chain antibody.

The single variable domain may be a domain antibody (or an amino acid sequence that is suitable for use as a domain antibody), a single domain antibody (or an amino acid sequence that is suitable for use as a single domain antibody), a “dAb” (or an amino acid sequence that is suitable for use as a dAb) or a Nanobody® (as defined herein, and including but not limited to a V_HH sequence) [Note: Nanobody® and Nanobodies® are registered trademarks of Ablynx N.V.]; other single variable domains, or any suitable fragment of any one thereof. For a general description of (single) domain antibodies, reference is also made to the prior art cited herein, as well as to EP 0 368 684. For the term “dAb's”, reference is for example made to Ward et al. 1989 (Nature 341 (6242): 544-546), to Holt et al. 2003 (Trends Biotechnol. 21(11): 484-490); as well as to for example WO 04/068820, WO 06/030220, WO 06/003388 and other published patent applications of Domantis Ltd. It should also be noted that, although less preferred in the context of the present invention because they are not of mammalian origin, single variable domains can be derived from certain species of shark (for example, the so-called “IgNAR domains”, see for example WO 05/18629).

In particular, the polypeptides of the invention may comprise one or more Nanobodies or a suitable fragment thereof. For a further description of V_HH's and Nanobodies, reference is made to the review article by Muyldermans 2001 (Reviews in Molecular Biotechnology 74: 277-302); as well as to the following patent applications, which are mentioned as general background art: WO 94/04678, WO 95/04079 and WO 96/34103 of the Vrije Universiteit Brussel; WO 94/25591, WO 99/37681, WO 00/40968, WO 00/43507, WO 00/65057, WO 01/40310, WO 01/44301, EP 1 134 231 and WO 02/48193 of Unilever; WO 97/49805, WO 01/21817, WO 03/035694, WO 03/054016 and WO 03/055527 of the Vlaams instituut voor Biotechnologie (VIB); WO 03/050531 of Algonomics N.V. and Ablynx N.V.; WO 01/90190 by the National Research Council of Canada; WO 03/025020 EP 1 433 793) by the institute of Antibodies; as well as WO 04/041867, WO 04/041862, WO 04/041865, WO 04/041863, WO 04/062551, WO 05/044858, WO 06/40153, WO 06/079372, WO 06/122786, WO 06/122787 and WO 06/122825, by Ablynx N.V. and the further published patent applications by Ablynx N.V. Reference is also made to the further prior art mentioned in these applications, and in particular to the list of references mentioned on pages 41-43 of the International application WO 06/040153, which list and references are incorporated herein by reference. As described in these references, Nanobodies (in particular V_HH sequences and partially humanized Nanobodies) can in particular be characterized by the presence of one or more “Hallmark residue” in one or more of the framework sequences. A further description of the Nanobodies, including humanization and/or camelization of Nanobodies, as well as other modifications, parts or fragments, derivatives or “Nanobody fusions”, multivalent constructs (including some non-limiting examples of linker sequences) and different modifications to increase the half-life of the Nanobodies and their preparations can be found e.g. in WO 08/101,985 and WO 08/142,164.

The total number of amino acid residues in a Nanobody can be in the region of 110-120, is preferably 112-115, and is most preferably 113. It should however be noted that parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives (as further described herein) of a Nanobody are not particularly limited as to their length and/or size, as long as such parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives meet the further requirements outlined herein and are also preferably suitable for the purposes described herein.

Thus, in the meaning of the present invention, the term “single variable domain” comprises polypeptides which are derived from a non-human source, preferably a camelid, preferably a camelid heavy chain antibody. They may be humanized, as previously described. Moreover, the term comprises polypeptides derived from non-camelid sources, e.g. mouse or human, which have been “camelized”, as previously described.

The term “single variable domain” also encompasses variable domains of different origin, comprising mouse, rat, rabbit, donkey, human and camelid variable domains; as well as fully human, humanized or chimeric variable domains. For example, the invention comprises camelid variable domains and humanized camelid variable domains, or camelized variable domains, e.g. camelized dAb as described by Ward et al (see for example WO 94/04678 and Davies and Riechmann (1994, FEBS Lett. 339(3): 285-290) and (1996, Protein Eng. 9(6): 531-537)). Moreover, the invention comprises fused variable domains, e.g. multivalent and/or multispecific constructs (for multivalent and multispecific polypeptides containing one or more V_HH domains and their preparation, reference is also made to Conrath et al. 2001 (J. Biol. Chem. 276: 7346-7350) as well as to for example WO 96/34103 and WO 99/23221).

Unless indicated otherwise, the term “immunoglobulin sequence”—whether used herein to refer to a heavy chain antibody or to a conventional 4-chain antibody—is used as a general term to include both the full-size antibody, the individual chains thereof, as well as all parts, domains or fragments thereof (including but not limited to antigen-binding domains or fragments such as V_HH domains or V_H/V_L domains, respectively). The terms antigen-binding molecules or antigen-binding protein are used interchangeably with immunoglobulin sequence, and include Nanobodies.

The single variable domains provided by the invention are preferably in essentially isolated form (as defined herein), or form part of a polypeptide of the invention (as defined herein), which may comprise or essentially consist of one or more single variable domains and which may optionally further comprise one or more further amino acid sequences (all optionally linked via one or more suitable linkers). For example, and without limitation, the one or more single variable domains may be used as a binding unit in such a polypeptide, which may optionally contain one or more further amino acid sequences that can serve as a binding unit (i.e. against one or more other targets), so as to provide a monovalent, multivalent or multispecific polypeptide of the invention, respectively as e.g. described in WO 08/101,985, WO 08/142,164, WO 09/068,625, WO 09/068,627 and WO 08/020,079. Such a protein or polypeptide may also be in essentially isolated form (as defined herein) and the methods of the present invention for the expression and/or production of single variable domains equally apply to polypeptides comprising one or more single variable domains.

According to the invention, the term “single variable domain” may comprise constructs comprising two or more antigen binding units in the form of single variable domain, as outlined above. For example, two (or more) variable domains with the same or different antigen specificity can be linked to form e.g. a bivalent, trivalent or multivalent construct. By combining variable domains of two or more specificities, bispecific, trispecific etc. constructs can be formed. For example, a variable domain according to the invention may comprise two variable domains directed against target A, and one variable domain against target B. Such constructs and modifications thereof, which the skilled person can readily envisage, are all encompassed by the term variable domain as used herein and are also referred to as “polypeptide of the invention” or “polypeptides of the invention”.

As further described in paragraph m) on page 53 of WO 08/020,079, an amino acid sequence (such as a Nanobody, an antibody, a polypeptide of the invention, or generally an antigen binding protein or polypeptide or a fragment thereof) that can (specifically) bind to, that has affinity for and/or that has specificity for a specific antigenic determinant, epitope, antigen or protein (or for at least one part, fragment or epitope thereof) is said to be “against” or “directed against” said antigenic determinant, epitope, antigen or protein.

The polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains for use in the formulation of the invention may be therapeutic or prophylactic, and may be useful in the treatment and/or management of one or more diseases. In one specific aspect, the polypeptide has at least two single variable domains. In another specific aspect, the polypeptide has at least three single variable domains. Preferably, the polypeptide comprises at least one single variable domain directed against HSA. In another specific aspect, the polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against RANKL. In another specific aspect, the polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against IL-6R. In another specific aspect, the polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against IL-23. More preferably, the polypeptide is directed against and/or specifically binds RANKL and HSA, IL-6R and HSA and/or IL-23 and HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against RANKL and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against IL-6R and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least a single variable domain against IL-23 and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least two single variable domains against RANKL and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least two single variable domains against IL-6R and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In yet another aspect, polypeptide comprises at least two single variable domains against IL-23 and at least a single variable domain against HSA. In a preferred aspect, the single variable domains used in the polypeptide of the invention are selected from WO 08/142,164 (such as e.g. SEQ ID NO's: 745 and/or 791 of WO 08/142,164), WO 08/020,079, WO 09/068,627 (such as e.g. SEQ ID NO's 2578, 2584 and/or 2585 of WO 09/068,627), PCT application No. PCT/EP2010/054747 by Ablynx N.V., POT application No. PCT/EP2010/054764 by Ablynx N.V. (such as e.g. SEQ ID NO's: 66 and/or 98 of PCT/EP2010/054764) and WO 08/028,977 (such as e.g. SEQ ID NO: 62 of WO 08/028,977). Preferred polypeptides of the invention are selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.

The concentration of polypeptide of the invention present in the formulation can by any concentration of the polypeptide that provides the desired effect to the subject. In a preferred aspect, the concentration of the polypeptide of the invention is from 1 to 200 mg/mL such as about 1 mg/mL, about 2 mg/mL, about 5 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL, about 15 mg/mL or about 20 mg/mL, about 30 mg/mL, about 40 mg/mL, about 50 mg/mL, about 60 mg/mL, about 65 mg/mL, about 70 mg/mL, about 80 mg/mL, about 90 mg/mL or about 100 mg/mL or more. In certain embodiments, the concentration of polypeptide of the invention can be 110 mg/mL or more, 120 mg/mL or more, 130 mg/mL or more, 140 mg/mL or more, 150 mg/mL or more or even 200 mg/mL or more. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises about 10 mg/mL of polypeptide of the invention.

The formulation of the invention comprises an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide as defined above (“polypeptide of the invention”) comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises one or more components selected from:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer; and
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower.

The stable formulations of the present invention comprise polypeptides of the invention that have a good solubility and a high stability even during transportation and/or long periods of storage and that exhibit little to no aggregation. In addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulations of the present invention comprise at least an aqueous carrier and a buffer. The carrier used in the formulation of the invention should be a liquid carrier. Preferably the carrier is an aqueous carrier such as e.g. distilled water, MilliQ water or Water for Injection (WFI).

The formulation should not contain inorganic salt at a concentration of more than 150 mM. Without being limiting, inorganic salts for use in the formulation of the invention can be selected from NaCl and KC. Accordingly the formulation of the invention has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower, preferably 120 mM or lower, or 100 mM or lower, more preferably 90 mM or lower, 80 mM or lower, 75 mM or lower, such as 50 mM or lower or even 40 mM or lower, 25 mM or lower, 10 mM or lower or 5 mM or lower. Most preferably, the formulation does not contain any inorganic salt.

The pH of the formulation of the invention generally should not be equal to the isoelectric point of the particular polypeptide of the invention present in the formulation and may range from about 5.5 to about 8.0, or from about 6.0 to about 7.5, preferably from about 6.2 to 7.5, from about 6.5 to 7.5, most preferably from about 6.5 to 7.0. In a specific aspect, the formulation of the invention has a pH of about 6.5. In another specific aspect, the formulation of the invention has a pH of about 7.0. In yet another specific aspect, the formulation of the invention has a pH of about 6.0.

The formulation may be buffered by a buffer selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0, preferably hepes pH 7.0 or histidine pH 6.0-6.5, such as histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0.

The concentration of the buffer present in the formulation of the invention may range from 1 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 75 mM, 5 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 25 mM, 10 mM to 20 mM. In a specific aspect, the concentration of buffer in the formulations of the invention is 1 mM, 2 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 15 mM, 20 mM, 25 mM, 50 mM, 75 mM, or 100 mM. Preferably, the concentration is between 10 and 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.

Any form of histidine suitable for formulation and parenteral administration may be used in the formulation of the invention. The purity of histidine should be at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5. In another specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0.

Apart from or in addition to histidine, hepes buffers pH7.0 may be used in the formulations of the present invention. Any form of hepes suitable for formulation and parenteral administration may be used in the formulation of the invention. The purity of hepes should be at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 15 mM hepes buffer pH7.0.

It will be understood by one skilled in the art that the formulation of the invention may be isotonic or slightly hypotonic with human blood, i.e. the formulation of the invention has essentially the same or a slightly lower osmotic pressure as human blood. Such isotonic or slightly hypotonic formulation generally has an osmotic pressure from about 240 mOSm/kg to about 320 mOSm/kg, such as about 240 mOSm/kg or higher, 250 mOSm/kg or higher or 260 mOSm/kg or higher.

Tonicity of a formulation is adjusted by the use of tonicity modifiers. “Tonicity modifiers” are those pharmaceutically acceptable inert substances that can be added to the formulation to provide an isotonicity of the formulation. A preferred tonicity modifier in the formulation of the invention are excipients. Preferred excipients for use in the formulation of the invention may be selected from sugars, polyols and surfactants.

Accordingly, in another aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient. Preferred excipients include polyols and/or sugars. The polyol and/or sugar may be a monosaccharide such as glucose or mannose, or a polysaccharide including disaccharides such as (without being limiting) sucrose and lactose, as well as sugar derivatives including sugar alcohols and sugar acids. Polyols and sugar alcohols include (without being limiting) mannitol, xylitol, erythritol, threitol, sorbitol and glycerol. A non-limiting example of a sugar acid is L-gluconate. Other exemplary sugars include (without being limiting) trehalose, glycine, maltose, raffinose, etc. The concentration of the excipient may range from about 1% to 10% (w:v), preferably from about 2.5% to 10% (w:v), more preferably from about 5% to 10% (w:v), such as e.g. 5% (w:v), 7.5% (w:v), 8% or 10% (w:v). Throughout the present invention the concentration of the excipient will be given as % (w:v). In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises sucrose, preferably at a concentration of about 5% to 10% (w:v), such as about 8% (w:v).

In another aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises a surfactant. A surfactant refers to a surface-active agent comprising a hydrophobic portion and a hydrophilic portion. In a preferred aspect, the surfactant is non-ionic. Certain exemplary non-ionic surfactants include (without being limiting) PEG8000, and polysorbate, including without being limiting, polysorbate 80 (Tween 80) and polysorbate 20 (Tween 20), Triton X-100, polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene esters (Pluronic®), and NP-40. In a specific aspect, the surfactant is selected from Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer. The concentration of the surfactant may range from about 0.001% to 1% (v:v) (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1% (v:v), or 0.01% to 0.1% (v:v) such as 0.001% (v:v), 0.005% (v:v), 0.01% (v:v), 0.02% (v:v), 0.05% (v:v), 0.08% (v:v), 0.1% (v:v), 0.5% (v:v), or 1% (v:v) of the formulation, preferably 0.01% (v:v)). Throughout the present invention the concentration of the surfactant will be given as % (v:v). In a specific embodiment, the surfactant is Tween 20 or Tween 80, which is at a concentration of 0.001% (v:v), 0.005% (v:v), 0.01% (v:v), 0.02% (v:v), 0.05% (v:v), 0.08% (v:v), 0.1% (v:v), 0.5% (v:v) or 1% (v:v) of the formulation, preferably 0.01% (v:v).

In a preferred aspect, the formulation of the present invention comprises an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide as defined above (“polypeptide of the invention”) comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject and said formulation further comprises at least two components selected from:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or poloxamers;
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower.

In one aspect, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulation of the present invention may comprise at least an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0, a buffer selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0, and an excipient. Preferably the buffer is histidine pH 6.0-6.5 or hepes pH 7.0. Most preferably the buffer is histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0. The buffer preferably has a concentration ranging from 1 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 75 mM, 5 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 25 mM, 10 mM to 20 mM. In a specific aspect, the concentration of buffer in the formulations of the invention is 1 mM, 2 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 15 mM, 20 mM, 25 mM, 50 mM, 75 mM, or 100 mM. In a preferred aspect, the concentration is between 10 and 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5. In another specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0. Preferred excipients are polyols such as mannitol, sorbitol, etc., saccharides such as e.g. sucrose, mannose, trehalose, etc. The concentration of the excipient may range from about 1% to 20%, preferably from about 2.5% to 15%, more preferably from about 5% to 10%, such as e.g. 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises sucrose, preferably at a concentration of about 5% to 10%, such as about 8% or about 10%. Accordingly, a preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 15 mM histidine pH 6.5 and 8% sucrose. Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 10 mM histidine pH 6.0 and 10% sucrose.

In another aspect, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulation of the present invention may comprise at least an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0, a buffer selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0, and a surfactant. Preferably the buffer is selected from histidine pH 6.0-6.5 or hepes pH 7.0. Most preferably the buffer is histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0. The buffer preferably has a concentration ranging from 1 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 75 mM, 5 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 25 mM, 10 mM to 20 mM. In a specific aspect, the concentration of buffer in the formulation of the invention is 1 mM, 2 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 15 mM, 20 mM, 25 mM, 50 mM, 75 mM, or 100 mM. In a preferred aspect, the concentration is between 10 and 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5. In another specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0. The surfactant may be selected from Tween 20, Tween or poloxamers. The concentration of the surfactant may range from about 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%). In a specific embodiment, the surfactant is Tween 20 or Tween 80, which is at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5% or 1% of the formulation, such as e.g. 0.01% Tween 80 or 0.005% Tween 80. Accordingly, a preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 15 mM histidine pH 6.5 and 0.01% Tween 80. Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 10 mM histidine pH 6.0 and 0.005% Tween 80.

In yet another aspect, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulation of the present invention may comprise at least an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0, an excipient and a surfactant. Preferred excipients are polyols such as mannitol, sorbitol, etc., saccharides such as e.g. sucrose, mannose, trehalose, etc. The concentration of the excipient may range from about 1% to 20%, preferably from about 2.5% to 15%, more preferably from about 5% to 10%, such as e.g. 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises sucrose, preferably at a concentration of about 5% to 10%, such as about 8% or 10%. The surfactant may be selected from Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer. The concentration of the surfactant may range from about 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to t 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%). In a specific embodiment, the surfactant is Tween 20 or Tween 80, which is at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5% or 1% of the formulation, such as e.g. 0.01% Tween 80 or 0.005% Tween 80. Accordingly, a preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 8% sucrose and 0.01% Tween 80. Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 10% sucrose and 0.005% Tween 80.

Accordingly, a formulation of the invention may, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, comprise for example:

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5, histidine buffer pH 6.0 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5, histidine buffer pH 6.0 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5, and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 15 mM; and
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 15 mM; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 8%.

or

• • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 8%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.01%.

or

• • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.01%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM; and
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 10%.

or

• • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 10%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.005%.

or

• • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.005%.

or

• • a) Histidine buffer pH 6.5 or pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%.

or

• • a) Histidine buffer pH 6.5 or pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

or

• • a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5; and
  • b) 8% sucrose.

or

• • a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5; and
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80.

or

• • b) 8% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80.

or

• • a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0; and
  • b) 10% sucrose.

or

• • a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0; and
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80.

or

• • b) 10% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80.

In a preferred aspect the formulation of the invention may comprise a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6. Accordingly the formulation of the invention may comprise:

a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5;

b) 8% sucrose; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml),

or

a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5;

c) 0.01% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

or

b) 8% sucrose;

c) 0.01% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

or

a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0;

b) 10% sucrose; and

c) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

or

a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0;

c) 0.005% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

or

b) 10% sucrose;

c) 0.005% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

In another preferred aspect, the formulation of the present invention comprises an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide as defined above (“polypeptide of the invention”) comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject and comprises the components selected from:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer;
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower.

Accordingly in this preferred aspect, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, the formulations of the present invention may comprise at least an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0, a buffer selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0, an excipient and a surfactant. Preferably the buffer is selected from histidine pH 6.0-6.5 or hepes pH 7.0. Most preferably the buffer is histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0. The buffer preferably has a concentration ranging from 1 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 100 mM, 5 mM to 75 mM, 5 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 50 mM, 10 mM to 25 mM, 10 mM to 20 mM. In a specific aspect, the concentration of buffer in the formulations of the invention is 1 mM, 2 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 15 mM, 20 mM, 25 mM, 50 mM, 75 mM, or 100 mM. In a preferred aspect, the concentration is between 10 and 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM. In a specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5. In another specific aspect, a formulation of the invention comprises 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0. Preferred excipients are polyols such as mannitol, sorbitol, etc., saccharides such as e.g. sucrose, mannose, trehalose, etc. The concentration of the excipient may range from about 1% to 20%, preferably from about 2.5% to 15%, more preferably from about 5% to 10%, such as e.g. 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises sucrose, preferably at a concentration of about 5% to 10%, such as about 8% or 10%. The surfactant may be selected from Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer. The concentration of the surfactant may range from about 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%). In a specific embodiment, the surfactant is Tween 20 or Tween 80, which is at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5% or 1% of the formulation, such as e.g. 0.01% Tween 80 or 0.005% Tween 80. Accordingly, a preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 15 mM histidine pH 6.5, 8% sucrose and 0.01% Tween 80. Another preferred formulation of the invention may comprise 10 mM histidine pH 6.0, 10% sucrose and 0.005% Tween 80.

Accordingly, a formulation of the invention may, in addition to the polypeptide of the invention, comprise for example:

• • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5, a histidine buffer pH 6.0 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 15 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 8%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.01%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 15 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 8%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 8%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.01%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.5 and hepes buffer pH 7.0 at a concentration of 15 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.01%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 10%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.005%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 10%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 10%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.005%.
    • or
  • a) A buffer selected from a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 15 mM;
  • b) An excipient selected from sucrose, sorbitol, trehalose and mannitol at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) A surfactant selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer at a concentration of 0.005%.
    • or
  • a) Histidine buffer pH 6.5 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5;
  • b) 8% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80.
    • or
  • a) Histidine buffer pH 6.0 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
    • or
  • a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0;
  • b) 10% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80.

In a preferred aspect the formulation of the invention may comprise a polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6. Accordingly the formulation of the invention may comprise:

• • a) 15 mM histidine buffer pH 6.5;
  • b) 8% sucrose;
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80; and
  • d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).
    • or
  • a) 10 mM histidine buffer pH 6.0;
  • b) 10% sucrose;
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80; and
  • d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID WO's: 1 to 6 (e.g. at a concentration of 10 mg/ml).

The components present in the formulations of the invention have been selected such that the polypeptides of the invention have a good solubility (as defined herein). Preferably, the polypeptides present in the formulations of the present invention have a solubility of at least 0.7 mM, at least 0.8 mM, at least 0.9 mM, at least 1.0 mM, at least 1.1 mM, at least 1.2 mM, at least 1.3 mM, at least 1.4 mM, at least 1.5 mM, at least 1.6 mM, at least 1.7 mM, at least 1.8 mM, at least 1.9 mM, at least 2.0 mM, at least 2.1 mM, at least 2.2 mM, at least 2.3 mM, at least 2.4 mM, at least 2.5 mM, at least 2.6 mM, at least 2.7 mM, at least 2.8 mM, at least 2.9 mM, at least 3.0 mM, at least 3.2 mM, at least 3.4 mM, at least 3.6 mM or more and/or at least 20 mg/ml, at least 30 mg/mL, at least 40 mg/mL, at least 50 mg/mL, at least 60 mg/mL, at least 65 mg/mL, at least 70 mg/mL, at least 80 mg/mL, at least 90 mg/mL, at least 100 mg/mL, at least 110 mg/mL, at least 120 mg/mL, at least 130 mg/mL, at least 140 mg/mL, at least 150 mg/mL or even 200 mg/mL or more as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration. A very good solubility of the polypeptides of the invention has been obtained with a formulation comprising a histidine buffer pH 6.5 or with a formulation comprising Tween 80. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises at least one of:

• • a) A histidine buffer pH 6.5 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM);
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%);
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein the solubility of the polypeptide is at least at least 20 mg/mL, at least 50 mg/mL, preferably at least 90 mg/mL, at least 120 mg/mL, at least 150 mg/mL or even 200 mg/mL or more as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM) and Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%).

Apart from this and/or in addition, the polypeptides of the invention present in the formulation of the invention should preferably have a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more (such as 59.5° C. or more), preferably at least 60° C. or more (such as 60.5° C. or more), more preferably at least 61° C. or more (such as 61.5° C. or more) or at least 62° C. or more (such as 62.5° C. or more), most preferably at least 63° C. or more (such as 63.5° C. or more) as measured by the thermal shift assay (TSA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).

Without being limiting, melting point determination can be done by the fluorescence-based thermal shift assay which is based on the fact that upon thermal unfolding the hydrophobic regions of proteins, usually hidden in the core of the protein fold, become accessible for binding to a hydrophobic fluorescent dye. The fluorescence emission of this dye is quenched in aqueous solution, whereas upon binding to the hydrophobic patches of an unfolded protein a sharp increase in the fluorescence yield of the probe is observed. Temperature induced unfolding is typically a two-state process with a sharp transition between the folded and unfolded state, where the melting temperature (Tm) is defined as the temperature at which half of the protein is in the unfolded state, i.e. the first derivative of the fluorescence signal upon gradual heating of the sample is plotted and the observed peak (or peaks when multiple domains and/or variants of the same domain are present) represents the melting temperature. The thermal shift assay can be performed in a typical real-time PCR instrument where melting curves can be recorded accurately in high-throughput mode with only small quantities of protein required.

During a differential scanning calorimetry experiment the sample is heated at a constant rate in an adiabatic environment (ΔT=0). The energy required to keep the temperature difference between a reference and the sample cell at zero is measured and yields the heat capacity as a function of temperature (Cp(T)). The temperature corresponding to the maximum heat capacity represents the melting temperature (T_m). If the temperature dependent unfolding process is reversible other thermodynamic parameters such as the unfolding enthalpy (ΔH_unfolding) can be determined.

Increased melting temperatures have been observed for the polypeptides of the invention when present in a formulation with a pH of about 6.0 to 8.0, preferably 6.2 to 7.5, more preferably 6.5 to 7.5, most preferably 6.5-7.0. Increased melting temperature have also been obtained for the polypeptides of the invention when present in a formulation that comprise hepes pH 7.0, histidine pH 6.0-6.5, MES pH 6.0 or acetate pH 6.0, or a formulation that comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharides and/or polyol such as mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol or sucrose. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier at a pH of 6.0 to 8.0 and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises at least one of:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM) selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, trehalose or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%).
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein the melting temperature of the polypeptide of the invention is at least 59° C. or more (such as 59.5° C. or more), preferably at least 60° C. or more (such as 60.5° C. or more), more preferably at least 61° C. or more (such as 61.5° C. or more) or at least 62° C. or more (such as 62.5° C. or more), most preferably at least 63° C. or more (such as 63.5° C. or more) as measured by the thermal shift assay (TSA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).

In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM) selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0, and an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, trehalose or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%).

Apart from this and/or in addition, the formulation of the present invention exhibits stability under at least one or more of the following stress conditions:

• • multiple (up to 10) freeze/thaw cycles;
  • storage at a temperature of 2-8° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • storage at a temperature of 25±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at Least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • mechanical stress.

Preferably the formulation of the invention is stable under one or more of the following forms of mechanical stress:

• • shaking the formulation during 10 s to 1 min;
  • pushing the formulation through a needle (25 G, preferably 26 G, more preferably 276, even more preferably 28 G, most preferably 296 or more) with a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe);
  • rotating for two days at 10 rpm; and/or
  • stirring for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4-48 hours at 4° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).

Preferably, the formulation of the present invention is stable under more than one of the above stress conditions, such as at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven or most preferably under all of the above stress conditions.

In one aspect, the formulation of the invention exhibits stability under one or more forms of mechanical and/or shear stress. Mechanical stress as used in the present invention can be any form of external force applied on the formulation that may affect the stability of the polypeptide present in the formulation. Without being limiting, the mechanical stress applied to the solution include shear stress, stir stress, shake stress, rotation stress, etc. The formulation of the invention may for example be shaken during at least 10 s, 20 s, 30 s, 40 s, 50 s up to 1 minute or more. The formulation of the invention may be pushed through a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe) with needle once, twice, three times, four times, five times up to 10 times or more. Preferably the needle has a size of 25 G (such as 26 G, 27 G, 28 G, 29 G, 30 G) or more. More preferably the size of the needles is 27 G or more. In addition or alternatively, the formulation of the invention may be rotated for 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 1 day up to two days or more at 10 rpm. The formulation of the invention may be stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4 hours, 8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours or even 48 hours or more at 2-8° C. The speed of rotation is preferably above 10 rpm, such as e.g. 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more.

The stability of the formulation under mechanical stress can be assessed e.g. by visual inspection of the formulation or by measurement of the OD320/OD280 ratio. Preferably the OD320/OD280 ratio is 0.05 or lower, such as 0.01 or 0.005.

A good stability of the polypeptides of the invention under mechanical stress has been obtained with a formulation comprising an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose or comprising Tween 80. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises at least one of:

• • b) An excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 10%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%);
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% (preferably from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%) selected from Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer,
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein the polypeptide is stable under mechanical stress as determined by OD320/OD280 ratio measurement. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%) and a surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% (preferably about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%) selected from Tween 20 and Tween 80. A preferred formulation comprises 8% sucrose and 0.01% Tween 80, Another preferred formulation comprises 10% sucrose and 0.005% Tween 80.

In a specific aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%) and/or Tween 20, Tween 80 or a poloxamer (at a concentration ranging from about 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%) and is characterized that the polypeptides present in the formulation are stable under mechanical stress.

In a preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%) and/or Tween 80 (at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%) and is characterized that the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention are stable when shaking the formulation during at least 10 s, 20 s, 30 s, 40 s, 50 s up to 1 minute of more. In another preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%) and/or Tween 80 (at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%) and is characterized that the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention are stable when pushing the formulation through a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe) with needle size of 25 G or more (such as 26 G, 27 G, 28 G, 29 G, 30 G or more, preferably 27 G or more) once, twice, three times, four times, five times up to 10 times or more. In another preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 73%, 8% or 10%) and/or Tween 80 (at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%) and is characterized that the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention are stable when rotating the formulation for 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 1 day up to two days or more at 10 rpm. In another preferred aspect, the formulation of the invention comprises an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%) and/or Tween 80 (at a concentration of 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%) and is characterized that the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention are stable when stirring the formulation for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4 hours, 8 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours or even 48 hours or more at 2-8° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).

A “freeze/thaw cycle” or “F/T cycle” is defined as the freezing of a sample in a freezer (−20±5° C.) or ultrafreezer (below −64° C. (such as e.g. at −80° C.)) until solid, followed by thawing at room temperature until all ice crystals have visually disappeared. In one aspect, the formulation of the invention exhibits stability under multiple (up to 10) freeze/thaw cycles. The formulation of the invention may exhibit stability under at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 5 to up to at least 10 freeze/thaw cycles, such as e.g. 10 cycles at −20° C., 2 cycles at −80° C.+1 cycle at −20° C. or 2 cycles at −80° C.+6 cycles at −20° C.

In yet another aspect, the formulation of the invention exhibits stability when stored at a temperature of 5±5° C. The formulation of the invention may exhibit stability when stored at a temperature of 5±5° C. for at least 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 8 weeks, 10 weeks, up to 3 months, 6 months, 11 months, 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years and more.

In yet another aspect, the formulation of the invention exhibits stability when stored at a temperature of 25±5° C. The formulation of the invention may exhibit stability when stored at a temperature of 25±5° C. for at least 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more.

In yet another aspect, the formulation of the invention exhibits stability when stored at a temperature of 37±5° C. The formulation of the invention may exhibit stability when stored at a temperature of 37±5° C. for at least 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more.

As is known to one skilled in the art, the temperatures indicated in this text can be subject to normal variations.

Preferably, in those formulations that are stable under one or more of the above stress conditions:

• • less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptide of the invention forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) during storage under (one of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptide of the invention forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under (one of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of the polypeptides of the invention retain their binding activity (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) to at least one of their (preferably to all of their) targets after storage under (one of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to the stress condition.

Stability of the formulations can be assessed by various analytical and/or immunological methods known in the art. The protein content of the polypeptides of the invention can, for example be detected by spectrophotometrical methods.

SDS-PAGE allows the visualization of the polypeptides in a given sample via direct staining. SDS-PAGE is used to separate proteins according to their size. Both reducing and non-reducing SDS-PAGE analysis can be performed.

The molecular size distribution and the relative amounts of polypeptide of the invention and protein impurities can be determined by Size Exclusion High Performance Liquid Chromatography (SE-HPLC). The relative amount of a specific protein impurity, expressed as area %, can be calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the impurity by the total integrated area. SE-HPLC methods are known to the skilled person and are also described in the Example section.

Reversed Phase High Performance Liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) separates molecules with respect to differences in hydrophobicity and is based on the reversible interaction between the molecule and the hydrophobic stationary phase. In this assay a Zorbax 300SB-C3 column (Agilent Technologies, Palo Alto, US) can be used. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity, expressed as area %, can be calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the impurity by the total integrated area. RP-HPLC methods are known to the skilled person and are also described in the Example section.

Polypeptides of the invention and their charge variants can be separated by Ion Exchange

High Performance Liquid Chromatography (IEX-HPLC). Also potential impurities can be detected with this method. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity, expressed as area %, can be calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the impurity by the total integrated area. IEX-HPLC methods are known to the skilled person and are also described in the Example section.

The polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention preferably do not form pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid. The formation of pyroglutamate in the sample can e.g. be measured by RP-HPLC. For example, analysis by RP-HPLC of a formulation containing SEQ ID NO: 4 after storage for 10 weeks at a temperature of 37° C., showed the formation of pyroglutamate as a separate peak at 18-19 minutes. Preferably in the formulation of the invention, less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptides form pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) under one or more of the above stress conditions.

Little to no pyroglutamate formation of the polypeptides of the invention has been observed in formulations with a pH of 7.0 or lower, preferably 6.5 or lower, such as 6.5, 6.0 or 5.5, in e.g. histidine buffers and acetate buffers. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier at a pH of 7.0 or lower and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM) selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0,
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein less than 10% (preferably less than 8%, more preferably less than 7%, most preferably less than 5%) of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid during one or more of the above stress conditions (such as during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 5 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)), the % of pyroglutamate as measured by RP-HPLC. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5 at 15 mM. In another preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at 10 mM.

The polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention also preferably do not form dimers. The formation of dimers in the sample can e.g. be measured by SE-HPLC. For example, analysis in SE-HPLC of a formulation containing SEQ ID NO: 4 after storage for 10 weeks at a temperature of 37° C., showed the formation of a separate peak eluting at an apparent molecular weight of 44 kDa in comparison with molecular weight markers, while the monomeric polypeptide eluted between the 44 and 17 kDa molecular weight markers. This separate peak at 44 kDa represented a dimeric form of SEQ ID NO: 4. Preferably in the formulation of the invention, less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

Little to no dimer formation of the polypeptides of the invention has been observed in formulations with a histidine buffer or an acetate buffer and in formulations that comprise an excipient, preferably a saccharide and/or polyol such as mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol or sucrose. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises at least one of:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM) selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient, preferably a saccharide, a non-reducing sugar and/or polyol such as mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%),
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein less than 10% (preferably less than 8%, more preferably less than 7%, most preferably less than 5%) of the polypeptides forms dimers during one or more of the above stress conditions (such as during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)), the % of dimers as measured by SE-HPLC. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5 at 15 mM. In another preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at 10 mM. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM) selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0 and an excipient, preferably a saccharide, non-reducing sugar and/or polyol such as mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%), such as e.g. 15 mM histidine pH 6.5 and 8% sucrose; or 10 mM histidine pH 6.0 and 10% sucrose.

Preferably in the formulation of the invention, less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) and less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptides forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

Apart from this and/or in addition, the formulation of the present invention should show only low to undetectable levels of aggregation even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. For example, in the formulation of the invention, no more than 5%, no more than 4%, no more than 3%, no more than 2%, no more than 1%, and most preferably no more than 0.5% of the polypeptides forms an aggregate after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

Aggregation as used in the present invention means the development of high molecular weight aggregates, i.e. aggregates with an apparent molecular weight in SE-HPLC analysis of more/higher than the molecular weight observed for dimers. As described above, 44 kDa is the apparent molecular weight observed in SE-HPLC analysis for dimers of SEQ ID NO: 4, 36-38 kDa is the apparent molecular weight observed in SE-HPLC analysis for dimers of SEQ ID NO's: 1-3 and 36 kDa is the apparent molecular weight observed in SE-HPLC analysis for dimers of SEQ ID NO: 5. Aggregation can be assessed by various methods known in the art. Without being limiting, examples include SE-HPLC, analytical ultracentrifugation, dynamic light scattering, subvisible particle counting and OD320/OD280 measurement.

In an analytical ultracentrifuge, a sample being spun can be monitored in real time through an optical detection system, using ultraviolet light absorption and/or interference optical refractive index sensitive system. This allows the operator to observe the evolution of the sample concentration versus the axis of rotation profile as a result of the applied centrifugal field. With modern instrumentation, these observations are electronically digitized and stored for further mathematical analysis. Two kinds of experiments are commonly performed on these instruments: sedimentation velocity experiments and sedimentation equilibrium experiments.

Sedimentation velocity experiments aim to interpret the entire time-course of sedimentation, and report on the shape and molar mass of the dissolved macromolecules, as well as their size-distribution (Perez-Ramirez and Steckert (2005) Therapeutic Proteins: Methods and Protocols. C. M. Smales and D. C. James, Eds. Vol. 308: 301-318. Humana Press Inc Totowa, N.J., US.). The size resolution of this method scales approximately with the square of the particle radii, and by adjusting the rotor speed of the experiment size-ranges from 100 Da to 10 GDa can be covered. Sedimentation velocity experiments can also be used to study reversible chemical equilibria between macromolecular species, by either monitoring the number and molar mass of macromolecular complexes, by gaining information about the complex composition from multi-signal analysis exploiting differences in each components spectroscopic signal, or by following the composition dependence of the sedimentation rates of the macromolecular system, as described in Gilbert-Jenkins theory.

Sedimentation equilibrium experiments are concerned only with the final steady-state of the experiment, where sedimentation is balanced by diffusion opposing the concentration gradients, resulting in a time-independent concentration profile. Sedimentation equilibrium distributions in the centrifugal field are characterized by Boltzmann distributions. This experiment is insensitive to the shape of the macromolecule, and directly reports on the molar mass of the macromolecules and, for chemically reacting mixtures, on chemical equilibrium constants.

The kinds of information that can be obtained from an analytical ultracentrifuge include the gross shape of macromolecules, the conformational changes in macromolecules, and size distributions of macromolecular samples. For macromolecules, such as proteins, that exist in chemical equilibrium with different non-covalent complexes, the number and subunit stoichiometry of the complexes and equilibrium constant constants can be studied. (see also Scott D. I., Harding S. E. and Rowe A. J. Analytical Ultracentrifugation Techniques and Methods, RSC Publishing)

Dynamic light scattering (also known as Photon Correlation Spectroscopy or quasi-elastic light scattering) is a technique in physics, which can be used to determine the size distribution profile of small particles in solution. When a beam of light passes through a colloidal dispersion, the particles or droplets scatter some of the light in all directions. When the particles are very small compared with the wavelength of the light, the intensity of the scattered light is uniform in all directions (Rayleigh scattering); for larger particles (above approximately 250 nm diameter), the intensity is angle dependent (Mie scattering). If the light is coherent and monochromatic, as from a laser for example, it is possible to observe time-dependent fluctuations in the scattered intensity using a suitable detector such as a photomultiplier capable of operating in photon counting mode.

These fluctuations arise from the fact that the particles are small enough to undergo random thermal (Brownian) motion and the distance between them is therefore constantly varying. Constructive and destructive interference of light scattered by neighbouring particles within the illuminated zone gives rise to the intensity fluctuation at the detector plane which, as it arises from particle motion, contains information about this motion. Analysis of the time dependence of the intensity fluctuation can therefore yield the diffusion coefficient of the particles from which, via the Stokes Einstein equation, knowing the viscosity of the medium, the hydrodynamic radius or diameter of the particles can be calculated. (see also Berne B. J. and Pecora R. Dynamic Light Scattering With Applications to Chemistry, Biology and Physics, Dover Publications)

Aggregation can also be measured by the PAMAS SVSS-C (Small Volume Syringe System-C) instrument (PArtikelMess and AnalyseSysteme GMBH), which is a particle size distribution analyzer for low viscous fluids. It uses the principle of light obscuration to detect sub-visible particles in the size range 1 μm-200 μm. The validation criteria/specified limits of the European Pharmacopoeia (EP<2.9.19 Particulate Contamination: sub-visible particles) for small and large volume parenterals are defined by the total counts per container:

For particles >10 μm, no more than 6000 counts per container

For particles >25 μm, no more than 600 counts per container

The OD320/OD280 ratio is also a measure for turbidity or the presence of particulates in the sample. In a preferred aspect, the OD320/OD280 ratio of the formulation of the invention should be 0.05 or lower, preferably 0.01 or lower, such as 0.005 or lower.

The tendency for aggregate formation of a polypeptide in a certain formulation can also be measured by elastic light scattering. Elastic light scattering can be measured in a spectrofluorometer (e.g. excitation and emission wavelength 500 nm) by temperature-induced denaturation as measured e.g. at an angle of 90°. Preferably the maximum scatter will stay within the absorption detection limit. The scatter should be 1000 abs. or lower, preferably 750 abs or lower, such as 500 abs or lower.

No particulate formation has been observed in formulations comprising a histidine buffer pH 6.0-6.5 under different stress conditions (such as e.g. storage at a temperature of 5±5° C. up to up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) or storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)). Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises:

• • a) A histidine buffer pH 6.0-6.5 at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM),
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein no particulates are present under one or more of the above stress conditions (e.g. when stored at a temperature of 5±5° C. up to up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) or when stored at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)) as measured by OD320/OD280 ratio measurement and/or elastic light scattering. In a preferred aspect the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5 at 15 mM. In another preferred aspect the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0 at 10 mM.

Apart from this and/or in addition, the formulation of the present invention shows only low to undetectable levels of fragmentation and/or degradation even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions. Fragmentation and degradation can be measured e.g. by SE-HPLC and/or RP-HPLC. For example, analysis in SE-HPLC of a formulation containing SEQ ID NO: 4 after storage for 10 weeks at a temperature of 37° C., showed the formation of some minor postpeaks, representing degradation products of SEQ ID NO: 4. For example, analysis by RP-HPLC of a formulation containing SEQ ID NO: 4 after storage for 10 weeks at a temperature of 37° C., showed the formation of some minor peaks at 8-9 minutes, representing degradation products. Preferably in the formulation of the invention, no more than 5%, no more than 4%, no more than 3%, no more than 2%, no more than 1%, no more than 0.5%, no more than 0.1%, no more than 0.05%, and most preferably no more than 0.01% of the polypeptides shows degradation and/or fragmentation after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

The techniques of static light scattering (SLS), tangential flow filtration (TFF), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR), circular dichroism (CD), urea-induced protein unfolding techniques, intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence and/or 1-anilino-8-naphthalenesulfonic acid (ANS) protein binding can also be used to assess the physical properties and stability of polypeptides.

Apart from this and/or in addition, the formulation of the present invention shows very little to no loss of potency and/or biological activity of their polypeptides, even during storage under one or more of the above stress conditions.

The potency and/or biological activity of a biological describes the specific ability or capacity of said biological to achieve a defined biological effect. The potency and biological activities of the polypeptides of the invention can be assessed by various assays including any suitable in vitro assay, cell-based assay, in vivo assay and/or animal model known per se, or any combination thereof, depending on the specific disease or disorder involved. Suitable in vitro assays will be clear to the skilled person, and for example include ELISA; FACS binding assay; Biacore; competition binding assay (AlphaScreen®, Perkin Elmer, Mass., USA; FMAT); TRAP assay (osteoclast differentiation assay; Rissanen et al. 2005, J. Bone Miner. Res. 20, Suppl. 1: S256); NF-kappaB reporter gene assay (Mizukami et al. 2002, Mol. Cell. Biol. 22: 992-1000). For example, SEQ ID NO: 4 interacts with RANKL and blocks the interaction of this ligand with RANK, thereby preventing signalization through this receptor. SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 3 interact with IL-6R and block the interaction of this receptor with IL-6. SEQ ID NO's: 5 and 6 interact with IL-23 and block the interaction of this ligand with its receptor. The potency of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 for blocking the respective ligand/receptor interaction can be determined, e.g. by ELISA, Biacore, AlphaScreen®.

For example, in one embodiment, Biacore kinetic analysis uses Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) technology to monitor macromolecular interactions in real time and is used to determine the binding on and off rates of polypeptides of the formulation of the invention to their target. Biacore kinetic analysis comprises analyzing the binding and dissociation of the target from chips with immobilized polypeptides of the invention on their surface. A typical Biacore kinetic study involves the injection of 250 μL of polypeptide reagent at varying concentration in HBS buffer containing 0.005% Tween 20 over a sensor chip surface, onto which has been immobilized the antigen. In the BIAcore 3000 system, the ligand is immobilized on carboxymethylated dextran over a gold surface, while the second partner (analyte) is captured as it flows over the immobilized ligand surface. The immobilized ligands are remarkably resilient and maintain their biological activity. The bound analytes can be stripped from the immobilized ligand without affecting its activity to allow many cycles of binding and regeneration on the same immobilized surface. Interaction is detected in real time via SPR and at high sensitivity. Because the same affinity may reflect different on-rates and off-rates, this instrument excels over most other affinity measuring methods in that it measures on-rates (ka) and off-rates (kd). Concentration determination experiments are also feasible.

The formulation of the present invention exhibits almost no loss in biological activities of the polypeptide during the prolonged storage under the conditions described above, as assessed by various immunological assays including, for example, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and Surface Plasmon Resonance to measure the ability of the polypeptide to specifically bind to an antigen. The polypeptides present in the formulation of the present invention retain, even under the above defined stress conditions (such as storage under certain temperature stress for defined periods) more than 80%, more than 85%, more than 90%, more than 95%, more than 98%, more than 99%, or more than 99.5% of their initial biological activities (e.g., the ability to bind to RANKL, IL-6R, IL-23 and/or HSA) of the polypeptides prior to the storage. In some embodiments, the polypeptides in the formulation of the invention retain under the above defined stress conditions at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the biological activity (e.g., the ability to bind to RANKL, IL-6R, IL-23 and/or HSA) compared to the polypeptides present in a reference formulation prior to the storage.

In one embodiment, the polypeptides of the invention binds HSA. In the formulations of the present invention, at least 80% (preferably at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of said polypeptides retain their binding activity to NSA under one or more of the above stress conditions (such as storage under certain temperature stress for defined periods) compared to the binding activity prior to the stress condition. Without being limiting, the binding of the polypeptides to HSA can be determined e.g. by ELISA and/or Biacore.

In another embodiment, the polypeptides of the invention bind RANKL. In the formulation of the present invention at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of said polypeptides retain their binding activity to RANKL after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

In another embodiment, the polypeptides of the invention bind IL-6R. In the formulation of the present invention at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of said polypeptides retain their binding activity to IL-6R after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

In another embodiment, the polypeptides of the invention bind IL-23. In the formulation of the present invention at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of said polypeptides retain their binding activity to IL-23 after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

in a preferred aspect, at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of the polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention retain their binding activity to all of their targets (such as e.g. RANKL and HSA, IL-6R and NSA or IL-23 and NSA) after storage under one or more of the above stress conditions compared to the binding activity prior to storage.

Suitable animal models for determining the potency and/or biological activity of the polypeptides present in the formulations of the invention will be clear to the skilled person and will depend on the intended disease and/or disorder to be prevented and/or treated by the polypeptide of the invention. Suitable animal models for testing the potency and/or biological activity of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6 are e.g. described in WO 08/020,079, WO 09/068,627 and WO 08/142,164.

Little to no loss of potency of the polypeptides of the invention has been observed in formulations with a histidine buffer and in formulations that comprise an excipient, preferably a saccharide, non-reducing sugar and/or polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, trehalose or sucrose. Accordingly, the present invention relates to a formulation comprising an aqueous carrier and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject, wherein said formulation further comprises at least one of:

• • a) A histidine buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM);
  • b) An excipient, preferably a saccharide, non-reducing sugar and/or polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, trehalose or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%),
    wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower; and
    wherein at least 80% (preferably at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of the polypeptides retain their binding activity to at least one (preferably to all) of their targets under one or more of the above stress conditions (such as during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more)) compared to the binding activity prior to the stress conditions, said binding activity as measured by ELISA and/or Biacore. In a preferred aspect, the formulation comprises a histidine buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM (preferably 10 mM to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 15 mM or 10 mM) and an excipient, preferably a saccharide, non-reducing sugar and/or polyol such as mannitol, sorbitol, trehalose or sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20% (preferably 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%), such as e.g. 15 mM histidine pH 6.5 and 8% sucrose; or 10 mM histidine pH 6.0 and 10% sucrose.

Accordingly, in the stable formulations of the present invention preferably:

• • the polypeptide of the invention has a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL, at least 50 mg/mL, preferably at least 90 mg/mL, at least 120 mg/mL, at least 150 mg/mL or even 200 mg/mL or more) (e.g. as assessed by PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration);
  • the polypeptide of the invention has a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more (such as 59.5° C. or more), preferably at least 60° C. or more (such as 60.5° C. or more), more preferably at least 61° C. or more (such as 61.5° C. or more) or at least 62° C. or more (such as 62.5° C. or more), most preferably at least 63° C. or more (such as 63.5° C. or more) (e.g. as assessed by TSA or DSC);
  • less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptide of the invention forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid (e.g. as assessed by RP-HPLC) during storage under one or more (of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • less than 10% (more preferably less than 5%, even more preferably less than 3%, most preferably less than 1%) of the polypeptide of the invention forms dimers (e.g. as assessed by SE-HPLC) during storage under one or more (of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more);
  • at least 80% (at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5%) of the polypeptides of the invention retain their binding activity (e.g. as assessed by ELISA and/or Biacore) to at least one (preferably to all) of their targets after storage under one or more (of the above) stress conditions, such as e.g. at a temperature of 37±-5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to the stress condition; and/or
  • the polypeptide of the invention is stable under one or more of the following mechanical stress conditions:
    • shaking the formulation during 10 s to 1 min;
    • pushing the formulation through a needle (25 G, preferably 26 G, more preferably 27 G, even more preferably 28 G, most preferably 29 G or more) with a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe);
    • rotating for two days at 10 rpm; and/or
    • stirring for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4-48 hours at 4° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).

An example of a preferred formulation of the invention with these characteristics comprises 10 mg/mL of the polypeptide of the invention, 15 mM histidine pH 6.5, 8% sucrose and 0.01% Tween 80. Another example of a preferred formulation of the invention with these characteristics comprises 10 mg/mL of the polypeptide of the invention, 10 mM histidine pH 6.0, 10% sucrose and 0.005% Tween 80.

General methods for producing the single variable domains and/or polypeptides present in the formulation of the invention are known to the skilled person and/or have been described in the art. The single variable domains and/or polypeptides can be produced in any host known to the skilled person. For example but without being limiting, the single variable domains and/or polypeptides can be produced in prokaryotic hosts among which E. coli or eukaryotic hosts, for example eukaryotic host selected from insect cells, mammalian cells, and lower eukaryotic hosts comprising yeasts such as Pichia, Hansenula, Saccharomyces, Kluyveromyces, Candida, Torulopsis, Torulaspora, Schizosaccharomyces, Citeromyces, Pachysolen, Debaromyces, Metschunikowia, Rhodosporidium, Leucosporidium, Botryoascus, Sporidiobolus, Endomycopsis, preferably Pichia pastoris. Production of Nanobodies in prokaryotes and lower eukaryotic hosts such as Pichia pastoris has e.g. been described in WO 94/04678, WO 94/25591 and WO 08/142,164. The contents of these applications are explicitly referred to in the connection with general culturing techniques and methods, including suitable media and conditions. The contents of these documents are incorporated by reference. The skilled person can also devise suitable genetic constructs for expression of the polypeptides of the invention in different hosts on the basis of the present application and common general knowledge. The present invention also relates to conditions and genetic constructs described in the art, for example the general culturing methods, plasmids, promoters and leader sequences described in WO 94/25591, WO 08/020,079. Gasser et al. 2006 (Biotechnol. Bioeng. 94: 535); Gasser et al. 2007 (Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 73: 6499); or Damasceno et al. 2007 (Microbiol. Biotechnol. 74: 381).

More particularly, the method for the expression and/or production of a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains at least comprising the steps of:

• • a) cultivating a host or host cell (as defined herein) under conditions that are such that said host or host cell will multiply;
  • b) maintaining said host or host cell under conditions that are such that said host or host cell expresses and/or produces the polypeptide;
  • c) isolating and/or purifying the secreted polypeptide from the medium.

To produce/obtain expression of the polypeptide, the transformed host cell or transformed host organism may generally be kept, maintained and/or cultured under conditions such that the (desired) polypeptide is expressed/produced. Suitable conditions will be clear to the skilled person and will usually depend upon the host cell/host organism used, as well as on the regulatory elements that control the expression of the (relevant) nucleotide sequence. Again, reference is made to the handbooks and patent applications mentioned above.

Generally, suitable conditions may include the use of a suitable medium, the presence of a suitable source of food and/or suitable nutrients, the use of a suitable temperature, and optionally the presence of a suitable inducing factor or compound (e.g. when the nucleotide sequences of the invention are under the control of an inducible promoter); all of which may be selected by the skilled person. Again, under such conditions, the amino acid sequences of the invention may be expressed in a constitutive manner, in a transient manner, or only when suitably induced.

The polypeptide of the invention may then be isolated from the host cell/host organism and/or from the medium in which said host cell or host organism was cultivated, using protein isolation and/or purification techniques known per se, such as (preparative) chromatography and/or electrophoresis techniques, differential precipitation techniques, affinity techniques (e.g. using a specific, cleavable amino acid sequence fused with the polypeptide of the invention) and/or preparative immunological techniques (i.e. using antibodies against the polypeptide to be isolated).

In the present invention, the host can be removed from the culture medium by routine means. For example, the host can be removed by centrifugation or filtration. The solution obtained by removal of the host from the culture medium is also referred to as culture supernatant, or clarified culture supernatant. The polypeptides of the invention can be purified from the culture supernatant by standard methods. Standard methods include, but are not Limited to chromatographic methods, including size exclusion chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, and affinity chromatography. These methods can be performed alone or in combination with other purification methods, e.g. precipitation or gel electrophoresis. The skilled person can devise suitable combinations of purification methods for the polypeptides of the invention on the basis of common general knowledge. For specific examples the art cited herein is referred to.

in one exemplary embodiment, the polypeptides of the invention can be purified from culture supernatant by a combination of affinity chromatography on Protein A, ion exchange chromatography and size exclusion chromatography. Reference to any “step of purification”, includes, but is not limited to these particular methods.

More specifically, the polypeptides of the invention can be purified from culture supernatant using a process wherein the clarified supernatant (obtained by centrifugation) is captured on any combination of columns selected from (without being limiting) affinity chromatography resin such as Protein A resin, Cation Exchange Chromatography (CIEC) or an Anion Exchange Chromatography (ALEC) using for example Poros 50HS(POROS), SOURCE 30S or SOURCE 15S (GE Healthcare), SP Sepharose (GE Healthcare), Capto S (GE Healthcare), Capto MMC (GE Healthcare) or Poros 50HQ (POROS), SOURCE 30Q or SOURCE 15Q (GE Healthcare), Q Sepharose (GE Healthcare), Capto Q and DEAE Sepharose (GE Healthcare), Size exclusion chromatography (SE-HPLC) using for example Superdex 75 or Superdex 200 (GE Healthcare), hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) using for example octyl, butyl sepharose or equivalents, optionally also including a tangential flow filtration (TFF) step. Any combination of columns can be used for the purification of the polypeptides of the invention, such as e.g. Protein A resin followed by Cation Exchange Chromatography or two Cation Exchange Chromatography steps.

The present invention also provides methods for preparing the stable formulations of the invention comprising the polypeptides of the invention. More particularly, the present invention provides methods for preparing stable formulations of such polypeptides, said methods comprising concentrating a fraction containing the purified polypeptide to the final polypeptide concentration using e.g. a semipermeable membrane with an appropriate molecular weight (MW) cutoff (e.g. a 5 kD cutoff for single variable domains; a 10 kD cutoff for bivalent polypeptides comprising two single variable domains; or a 15 kD cutoff for trivalent polypeptides comprising three single variable domains) and diafiltering and/or ultrafiltering to buffer exchange and further concentrate the polypeptide fraction into the formulation buffer using the same membrane. As extensively described above, the formulation buffer of the present invention may further comprise at least one of:

• • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of hepes pH 7.0-8.0, histidine pH 6.0-6.5, MES pH 6.0 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.

The pH of the formulation may range from about 5.5 to about 8.0, or may range from about 6.0 to about 7.5, preferably from about 6.2 to 7.5, from about 6.2 to 7.0, most preferably from about 6.5 to 7.0.

Surfactant (e.g. Tween 20, Tween 80 or poloxamer) will be added after the final diafiltration/ultrafiltration step at a concentration in the range of about 0% to 1%, preferably 0.001% to 0.1%, or 0.01% to 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01% or 0.005%.

The formulation of the present invention may be sterilized by various sterilization methods, including sterile filtration, radiation, etc. In a specific embodiment, the polypeptide formulation is filter-sterilized with a presterilized 0.2 micron filter.

Preferably, the formulation of the present invention is supplied in a hermetically sealed container. Liquid formulations may comprise a quantity between 1 mL and 20 mL, preferably about 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 6 mL, 7 mL, 8 mL, 9 mL, 10 mL, 15 mL, or 20 mL.

The formulation of the present invention can be prepared as unit dosage forms by preparing a vial containing an aliquot of the formulation for a one time use. For example, a unit dosage of liquid formulation per vial may contain 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 6 mL, 7 mL, 8 mL, 9 mL, 10 mL, 15 mL, or 20 mL of the formulation. The pharmaceutical unit dosage forms can be made suitable for any form of delivery of the polypeptide of the invention including (without being limiting) parenteral delivery, topical delivery, pulmonary delivery, intranasal delivery, vaginal delivery, enteral delivery, rectal delivery, oral delivery and/or sublingual delivery. In one aspect, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical unit dosage form suitable for parenteral (such as e.g. intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intracerebral, intraosseous, intradermal, intrathecal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, etc.) administration to a subject, comprising a formulation of the invention in a suitable container. In another preferred aspect, the subject is a human. In a specific embodiment, the formulations of the present invention are formulated into single dose vials as a sterile liquid that contains 10 mg/mL of one of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6, 15 mM histidine buffer at pH 6.5, 8% sucrose and 0.01% Tween 80. In another specific embodiment, the formulations of the present invention are formulated into single dose vials as a sterile liquid that contains 10 mg/mL of one of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6, 10 mM histidine buffer at pH 6.0, 10% sucrose and 0.005% Tween 80.

The amount of a formulation of the present invention which will be effective in the prevention, treatment and/or management of a certain disease or disorder can be determined by standard clinical techniques well-known in the art or described herein. The precise dose to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of administration, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. For formulations of the polypeptide, encompassed by the invention, the dosage administered to a patient may further be calculated using the patient's weight in kilograms (kg) multiplied by the dose to be administered in mg/kg.

The required volume (in mL) to be given is then determined by taking the mg dose required divided by the concentration of the polypeptide formulation. The final calculated required volume will be obtained by pooling the contents of as many vials as are necessary into syringe(s) to administer the polypeptide formulation of the invention.

The present invention also encompasses a finished packaged and labelled pharmaceutical product. This article of manufacture or kit includes the appropriate unit dosage form in an appropriate vessel or container such as a glass vial or other container that is hermetically sealed. In one embodiment, the unit dosage form is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, intranasal, oral, topical or subcutaneous delivery. Thus, the invention encompasses formulations, preferably sterile, suitable for each delivery route. In the case of dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration (such as e.g. subcutaneous administration) the active ingredient, e.g., polypeptide of the invention, is sterile and suitable for administration as a particulate free solution.

As with any pharmaceutical product, the packaging material and container are designed to protect the stability of the product during storage and shipment. Further, the products of the invention include instructions for use or other informational material that advise the physician, technician or patient on how to appropriately prevent or treat the disease or disorder in question. In other words, the article of manufacture includes instruction means indicating or suggesting a dosing regimen including, but not limited to, actual doses, monitoring procedures, and other monitoring information.

Specifically, the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein said pharmaceutical agent comprises the formulation containing the polypeptide. The packaging material includes instruction means which indicate that said polypeptide can be used to prevent, treat and/or manage one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder by administering specific doses and using specific dosing regimens as described herein.

The invention also provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of each pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein one pharmaceutical agent comprises a formulation containing the polypeptide of interest, and wherein said packaging material includes instruction means which indicate that said agents can be used to prevent, treat and/or manage the disease or disorder by administering specific doses and using specific dosing regimens as described herein.

The invention also provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of each pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein one pharmaceutical agent comprises a formulation containing the polypeptide, and wherein said packaging material includes instruction means which indicate that said agents can be used to prevent, treat and/or manage one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder by administering specific doses and using specific dosing regimens as described herein.

The formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the present invention may be administered to a subject to prevent, treat and/or manage a specific disease and/or disorder. In a specific aspect, the formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the present invention are administered to a subject to prevent, treat and/or manage a disease and/or disorder associated with or characterized by aberrant expression and/or activity of a certain target or one or more symptoms thereof. In another specific aspect, the formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the present invention are administered to a subject to prevent, treat and/or manage diseases and/or disorders associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of RANKL, diseases and/or disorders associated with overexpression of IL-6, or diseases and disorders associated with heterodimeric cytokines and their receptors or one or more symptoms thereof.

Diseases and disorders associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of RANKL are for example bone diseases and disorders, and include (without being limiting) the following diseases and disorders: Osteoporosis (McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33), including, but not limited to, primary osteoporosis, endocrine osteoporosis (including, but not limited to, hyperthyroidism, hyperparathyroidism (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232), Cushing's syndrome, and acromegaly), hereditary and congenital forms of osteoporosis (including, but not limited to, osteogenesis imperfecta, homocystinuria, Menkes' syndrome, Riley-Day syndrome), osteoporosis due to immobilization of extremities, glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis (Locklin et al. 2001, Bone 28 (Suppl.): S80; McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232) and post-menopausal osteoporosis (McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33); (Juvenile or Familial) Paget's disease (Cundy et al. 2002, Hum. Mol. Genet. 11: 2119-2127; Whyte et al. 2002, J. Bone Miner. Res. 17: 26-29; Whyte et al. 2002, N. Engl. J. Med. 347: 175-184; Johnson-Pais et al. 2003, J. Bone Miner Res. 18: 376-380; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Osteomyelitis, i.e., an infectious lesion in bone, leading to bone loss; Hypercalcemia (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232), including, but not limited to, hypercalcemia resulting from solid tumors (including, but not limited to, breast, lung and kidney) and hematologic malignancies (including, but not limited to, multiple myeloma (Sordillo and Pearse 2003, Cancer 97 (3 Suppl): 802-812; Vanderkerken et al. 2003, Cancer Res. 63: 287-289), lymphoma and leukemia), idiopathic hypercalcemia, and hypercalcemia associated with hyperthyroidism and renal function disorders; Bone loss, including but not limited to, osteopenia following surgery, osteopenia induced by steroid administration, osteopenia associated with disorders of the small and large intestine, and osteopenia associated with chronic hepatic and renal diseases; Osteonecrosis, i.e., bone cell death, including, but not limited to, osteonecrosis associated with traumatic injury, osteonecrosis associated with Gaucher's disease, osteonecrosis associated with sickle cell anemia, osteonecrosis associated with systemic lupus erythematosus, osteonecrosis associated with rheumatoid arthritis, osteonecrosis associated with periodontal disease, osteonecrosis associated with osteolytic metastasis, and osteonecrosis associated with other condition; Bone loss associated with arthritic disorders such as psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, loss of cartilage and joint erosion associated with rheumatoid arthritis (Bezerra et al. 2005, Brazilian Journal of Medical and Biological Research 38: 161-170; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Arthritis (Bezerra et al. 2005, Brazilian Journal of Medical and Biological Research 38: 161-170), including inflammatory arthritis (McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33), Collagen-induced arthritis (Bezerra et al. 2005, Brazilian Journal of Medical and Biological Research 38: 161-170); Periprosthetic osteolysis (McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Cancer-related bone disease (McClung 2006, Current Osteoporosis Reports 4: 28-33); Bone loss associated with aromatase inhibitor therapy (Lewiecki 2006, Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 6: 1041-1050); Bone loss associated with androgen deprivation therapy (Lewiecki 2006, Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 6: 1041-1050); Bone loss associated bone metastasis; Bone loss associated with diseases having immune system involvement, such as adult and childhood leukaemias, cancer metastasis, autoimmunity, and various viral infections (Holstead Jones et al. 2002, Ann. Rheum. Dis. 61 (Suppl II): ii32-ii39); Osteopenic disorders such as adult and childhood leukaemia (Oliveri et al. 1999, Henry Ford Hosp. Med. 39: 45-48); chronic infections such as hepatitis C or HIV (Stellon et al. 1985, Gastroenterology 89: 1078-1083); autoimmune disorders such as diabetes mellitus (Piepkorn et al. 1997, Horm. Metab. Res. 29: 584-91), and lupus erythematosus (Seitz et al. 1985, Ann. Rheum Dis, 44: 4.38-445); allergic diseases such as asthma (Ebeling et al. 1998, J. Bone Min. Res. 13: 1283-1289); lytic bone metastases in multiple cancers such as breast cancer (Coleman 1998, Curr. Opin. Oncol. 10 (Suppl 1): 7-13); Prostate cancer; Myeloma bone disease (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Periodontal infections (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Expansile skeletal hyperphosphatasia (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232); Bone metastases (Lewiecki 2006, Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 6: 1041-1050; Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232).

Also encompassed within the scope of the present invention is the prevention and/or treatment with the formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the invention of other diseases and disorders associated with an imbalance in the RANKL/RANK/OPG pathway. Such diseases and disorders include but are not limited to osteoporosis, inflammatory conditions, autoimmune conditions, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Multiple myeloma (Sordillo and Pearse 2003, Cancer 97 (3 Suppl): 802-812; Vanderkerken et al. 2003, Cancer Res. 63: 287-289); Vascular diseases (Anandarajah and Schwarz 2006, J. Cell Biochem. 97: 226-232) and Cardiovascular disease (Lewiecki 2006, Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 6: 1041-1050).

Also encompassed within the scope of the present invention is the prevention and/or treatment with the formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the invention of diseases and disorders associated with osteopetrosis such as osteopetrosis tarda, osteopetrosis congenita and marble bone disease.

Disease and disorders caused by aberrant expression and or activity, such as excessive IL-6 production or signaling include sepsis (Starnes et al., 1999) and various forms of cancer such as multiple myeloma disease (MM), renal cell carcinoma (RCC), plasma cell leukaemia (Klein et al., 1991), lymphoma, B-lymphoproliferative disorder (BLPD) and prostate cancer. Non-limiting examples of other diseases caused by aberrant expression and/or activity, such as excessive IL-6 production or signalling include bone resorption (osteoporosis) (Roodman at al., 1992; Jilka at al., 1992), cachexia (Strassman et al., 1992), psoriasis, mesangial proliferative glomerulonephritis, Kaposi's sarcoma, AIDS-related lymphoma (Emilie et al., 1994), inflammatory diseases and disorder such as rheumatoid arthritis, systemic onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis, hypergammaglobulinemia (Grau et al., 1990), Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), multiple sclerosis, Castleman's disease, IgM gammopathy, cardiac myxoma, asthma (in particular allergic asthma) and autoimmune insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Campbell et al., 1991).

Diseases and disorders associated with heterodimeric cytokines and their receptors include inflammation and inflammatory disorders such as bowel diseases (colitis, Crohn's disease, IBD), infectious diseases, psoriasis, cancer, autoimmune diseases (such as MS), carcoidis, transplant rejection, cystic fibrosis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, viral infection, common variable immunodeficiency.

The formulations, containers, pharmaceutical unit dosages and kits of the present invention may also be advantageously utilized in combination with one or more other therapies (e.g., one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents), preferably therapies useful in the prevention, treatment and/or management of the (same or another) disease or disorder. When one or more other therapies (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agents) are used, they can be administered separately, in any appropriate form and by any suitable route. Therapeutic or prophylactic agents include, but are not limited to, small molecules, synthetic drugs, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, nucleic acids (e.g., DNA and RNA nucleotides including, but not limited to, antisense nucleotide sequences, triple helices, RNAi, and nucleotide sequences encoding biologically active proteins, polypeptides or peptides), antibodies, other single variable domains, synthetic or natural inorganic molecules, mimetic agents, and synthetic or natural organic molecules. Any therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agents) which is known to be useful, or which has been used or is currently being used for the prevention, treatment and/or management of one or more symptoms associated with a specific disease or disorder, can be used in combination with the formulations of the present invention in accordance with the invention described herein.

A formulation of the invention may be administered to a mammal, preferably a human, concurrently with one or more other therapies (e.g., one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents). The term “concurrently” is not limited to the administration of prophylactic or therapeutic agents/therapies at exactly the same time, but rather it is meant that the formulation of the invention and the other agent/therapy are administered to a mammal in a sequence and within a time interval such that the polypeptide contained in the formulation can act together with the other agent/therapy to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. For example, the formulation of the invention and the one or more other prophylactic or therapeutic agents may be administered at the same time or sequentially in any order at different points in time; however, if not administered at the same time, they should be administered sufficiently close in time so as to provide the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect.

When used in combination with other therapies (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents), the formulations of the invention and the other therapy can act additively or synergistically. The invention contemplates administration of a formulation of the invention in combination with other therapies (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agents) by the same or different routes of administration, e.g., oral and parenteral.

Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer the formulation of the present invention. Methods of administering formulations of the present invention include, but are not limited to, parenteral administration (e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and, preferably subcutaneous), epidural administration, topical administration, and mucosal administration (e.g., intranasal and oral routes). In a specific embodiment, liquid formulations of the present invention are administered parenteral.

The invention will now be further described by means of the following non-limiting preferred aspects and examples:

Preferred Aspects

• 1. A formulation, such as a pharmaceutical formulation, comprising an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject and said formulation further comprising one or more components selected from:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer,

wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower,

• 2. The formulation of aspect 1, wherein the inorganic salt concentration is from 50 mM to 100 mM or lower.
• 3. The formulation of aspect 2, that does not contain any inorganic salt.
• 4. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 3, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 5. The formulation of aspect 4, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5.
• 6. The formulation of aspect 4, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0.
• 7. The formulation of any of aspects 4 to 6, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 8. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 7, wherein the formulation comprises a surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 9. The formulation of aspect 8, wherein the formulation comprises Tween 80.
• 10. The formulation of any of aspects 8 or 9, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of 0.001% to about 0.1%, or about 0.01% to about 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%.
• 11. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 3, wherein the formulation comprises an excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 12. The formulation of aspect 11, wherein the excipient is a dissaccharide and/or a polyol.
• 13. The formulation of aspect 11, wherein the excipient is selected from sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol and trehalose.
• 14. The formulation of any of aspects 11 to 13, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%.
• 15. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 14, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration.
• 16. The formulation of aspect 15, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 50 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration.
• 17. The formulation of aspect 16, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 90 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration.
• 18. The formulation of aspect 17, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 120 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration.
• 19. The formulation of aspect 18, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 150 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by centrifugal ultrafiltration.
• 20. The formulation of aspect 19, wherein the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 200 mg/mL as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by a concentration experiment.
• 21. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 20, wherein the formulation at least comprises one or more components selected from:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 22. The formulation of aspect 21, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 23. The formulation of aspect 22, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.5.
• 24. The formulation of aspect 22, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0.
• 25. The formulation of any of aspects 22 to 24, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 26. The formulation of any of aspects 21 to 25, wherein the formulation comprises a surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 27. The formulation of aspect 26, wherein the formulation comprises Tween 80,
• 28. The formulation of any of aspects 26 or 27, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of 0.001% to about 0.1%, or about 0.01% to about 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%.
• 29. The formulation of any of aspect 1 to 28, wherein the polypeptide has a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more (such as 59.5° C. or more), preferably at least 60° C. or more (such as 60.5° C. or more), more preferably at least 61° C. or more (such as 61.5° C. or more) or at least 62° C. or more (such as 62.5° C. or more), most preferably at least 63° C. or more (such as 63.5° C. or more) as measured by the thermal shift assay (TSA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
• 30. The formulation of aspect 29, which has a pH of 6.2 to 7.5.
• 31. The formulation of aspect 30, which has a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.
• 32. The formulation of aspect 31, which has a pH of 6.5 to 7.0.
• 33. The formulation of any of aspects 29 to 32, wherein the formulation at least comprises one or more components.
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 34. The formulation of aspect 33, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 35. The formulation of aspect 34, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0-6.5 or a hepes buffer pH 7.0.
• 36. The formulation of any of aspects 34 or 35, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 37. The formulation of any of aspects 33 to 36, wherein the formulation comprises an excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 38. The formulation of aspect 37, wherein the excipient is a dissaccharide and/or a polyol.
• 39. The formulation of aspect 38, wherein the excipient is selected from sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol and trehalose.
• 40. The formulation of any of aspects 37 to 39, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%.
• 41. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 40, wherein the polypeptide is stable after multiple (up to 10) freeze/thaw cycles, said stability as determined by SE-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, RP-HPLC, Biacore analysis and/or potency assay.
• 42. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 41, wherein the polypeptide is stable during storage at a temperature of 2-8° C. up to up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, elastic light scattering, SE-HPLC and/or RP-HPLC.
• 43. The formulation of aspects 42, wherein no particulates are present as measured by OD320/OD280 measurement and/or elastic light scattering.
• 44. The formulation of any of aspects 42 or 43, in which the OD320/OD280 is 0.05 or less.
• 45. The formulation of any of aspects 42 or 43, in which the scattering in elastic light scattering stays within the detection range, and/or preferably is 1000 abs or less.
• 46. The formulation of any of aspects 42 to 45, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 47. The formulation of aspect 46, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer pH 6.0-6.5 or a hepes buffer pH 7.0.
• 48. The formulation of any of aspects 46 or 47, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 49. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 48, wherein the polypeptide is stable during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), said stability as determined by OD320/OD280 measurement, elastic light scattering, SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, IEX-HPLC, potency assay (such as Biacore or ELISA) and/or SOS-PAGE.
• 50. The formulation of aspect 49, wherein less than 10% (preferably less than 8%, more preferably less than 7%, most preferably less than 5%) of the polypeptides forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid during storage, the % of pyroglutamate as measured by RP-HPLC.
• 51. The formulation of aspect 50, which has a pH of 7.0 or less.
• 52. The formulation of any of aspects 50 or 51, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 53. The formulation of aspect 52, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer or an acetate buffer.
• 54. The formulation of any of aspects 52 or 53, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 20 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 55. The formulation of any of aspects 49 to 54, wherein less than 10% (preferably less than 7.5%, more preferably less than 5%, most preferably less than 2%) of the polypeptides forms dimers during storage, the % of dimers as measured by SE-HPLC.
• 56. The formulation of aspect 55, wherein the formulation at least comprises one or more components selected from:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 57. The formulation of aspect 56, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 58. The formulation of aspect 57, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer or an acetate buffer.
• 59. The formulation of any of aspects 57 or 58, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 60. The formulation of any of aspects 55 to 59, wherein the formulation comprises an excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 61. The formulation of aspect 60, wherein the excipient is a disaccharide and/or a polyol.
• 62. The formulation of aspect 60, wherein the excipient is a non-reducing sugar.
• 63. The formulation of aspect 61 or 62, wherein the excipient is selected from trehalose, mannitol and sucrose.
• 64. The formulation of any of aspects 60 to 63, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%.
• 65. The formulation of any of aspects 49 to 64, wherein no particulates are present as measured by OD320/OD280 measurement and/or elastic light scattering.
• 66. The formulation of aspect 65, in which the OD320/OD280 is 0.05 or less.
• 67. The formulation of aspect 65, in which the scattering in elastic light scattering stays within the detection range, and/or preferably is 1000 abs or less.
• 68. The formulation of any of aspects 65 to 67, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 69. The formulation of aspect 68, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer.
• 70. The formulation of any of aspects 68 or 69, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 71. The formulation of any of aspects 49 to 70, wherein at least 80% (preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95% or even at least 99%) of the polypeptides retain their binding activity to at least one of their targets after storage compared to the binding activity prior to storage, said binding activity as measured by ELISA and/or Biacore.
• 72. The formulation of aspect 71, wherein the formulation at least comprises one or more components selected from:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of hepes pH 7.0-8.0, histidine pH 6.0-6.5, MES pH 6.0 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 73. The formulation of aspect 72, wherein the formulation comprises a buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0.
• 74. The formulation of aspect 73, wherein the formulation comprises a histidine buffer.
• 75. The formulation of any of aspects 73 or 74, wherein the buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as 10 mM or 15 mM.
• 76. The formulation of any of aspects 71 to 75, wherein the formulation comprises an excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%,
• 77. The formulation of aspect 76, wherein the excipient is a disaccharide and/or a polyol.
• 78. The formulation of aspect 76, wherein the excipient is a non-reducing sugar.
• 79. The formulation of aspect 77 or 78, wherein the excipient is selected from mannitol, trehalose and sucrose.
• 80. The formulation of any of aspects 76 to 79, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%.
• 81. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 80, wherein the single variable domain is stable under mechanical stress as determined by visual inspection and/or OD320/OD280 measurement.
• 82. The formulation of aspect 81, in which the OD320/OD280 is 0.05 or less.
• 83. The formulation of any of aspects 81 or 82, wherein the mechanical stress is selected from shaking during 10 s to 1 min, pushing through a needle (25 G, preferably 26 G, more preferably 27 G, even more preferably 28 G, most preferably 29 G or more) with a syringe, rotation for two days at 10 rpm, and stirring for 1 hour at room temperature and/or 4-48 hours at 4° C. at at least 10 rpm (such as 50 rpm, 100 rpm or more).
• 84. The formulation of any of aspects 81 to 83, wherein the formulation at least comprises one or more components selected from:
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 85. The formulation of any of aspects 81 to 84, wherein the formulation comprises an excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%.
• 86. The formulation of aspect 85, wherein the excipient is a sugar and/or polyol.
• 87. The formulation of aspect 85, wherein the excipient is selected from mannitol, glycine and sucrose, such as sucrose, or mannitol and glycine.
• 88. The formulation of any of aspects 85 to 87, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, preferably 5% to 10%, such as 5%, 7.5%, 8% or 10%.
• 89. The formulation of any of aspects 84 to 88, wherein the formulation comprises a surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer,
• 90. The formulation of aspect 89, wherein the formulation comprises Tween 80.
• 91. The formulation of any of aspects 89 or 90, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of 0.001% to about 0.1%, or about 0.01% to about 0.1% such as 0.001%, 0.005%, 0.01%, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.5%, or 1% of the formulation, preferably 0.01%.
• 92. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 91, wherein the concentration of polypeptide is about 1 to 200 mg/ml or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more.
• 93. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 92, wherein the aqueous carrier is distilled water.
• 94. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 93, wherein the aqueous carrier is MilliQ grade water or Water for Injection (WFI).
• 95. The formulation according to any of aspects 1 to 94, which is isotonic or slightly hypotonic.
• 96. The formulation according to aspect 95, which has an osmolality of 290±60 mOsm/kg.
• 97. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 96, wherein the polypeptide comprises two or more single variable domains, such as two or three.
• 98. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 97, wherein the polypeptide specifically binds RANKL, IL-6R or IL-23.
• 99. The formulation of aspect 98, wherein the polypeptide is selected from one of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.
• 100. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 99, wherein
  • the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL, preferably 50 mg/mL or more, more preferably 90 mg/mL or more or 120 mg/mL or more, most preferably 150 mg/mL or more, or even 200 mg/mL or more, as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by a concentration experiment;
  • the polypeptide has a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more, preferably at least 60° C. or more, more preferably at least 61° C. or more or at least 62° C. or more, most preferably at least 63° C. or more as measured by the thermal shift assay (USA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC);
  • no particulates are present as measured by OD320/OD280 and/or elastic light scattering;
  • less than 10% of the polypeptide forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), the % of pyroglutamate as measured by RP-HPLC;
  • less than 10% of the polypeptide forms dimers during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), the % of dimers as measured by SE-HPLC;
  • at least 80% of the polypeptide retains its binding activity to at least one of its targets after storage at 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 2 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to storage, said binding activity as measured by ELISA and/or Biacore; and/or
  • the polypeptide is stable during mechanical stress.
• 101. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 100, wherein said formulation comprises at least two components selected from:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-65, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 102. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 101, wherein said formulation comprises the following components:
  • a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;
  • b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;
  • c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer.
• 103. The formulation of any of aspects 1, 101 and/or 102, wherein the pH is between 6.0 and 8, preferably between 6.2 and 7.5, more preferably between 6.5 and 7.5 or 6.5 and 7.0, such as 6.5 or 7.0.
• 104. The formulation of any of aspects 1, 101 to 103, wherein the buffer is a histidine buffer.
• 105. The formulation of aspect 104, wherein the buffer is a histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0 buffer.
• 106. The formulation of any of aspects 104 or 105, wherein the histidine buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM.
• 107. The formulation of any of aspects 104 to 106, wherein the histidine buffer has a concentration of about 10 mM or about 15 mM.
• 108. The formulation of any of aspects 1, 101 and/or 102 to 107, wherein the excipient is a saccharide and/or polyol.
• 109. The formulation of aspect 108, wherein the excipient is a non-reducing sugar.
• 110. The formulation of aspect 108, wherein the excipient is selected from mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol and sucrose.
• 111. The formulation of any of aspect 108 to 110, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%.
• 112. The formulation of aspect 111, wherein the excipient has a concentration selected from about 5%, 7.5%, 8% and 10%.
• 113. The formulation of any of aspects 1, 101 and/or 102 to 112, wherein the surfactant is Tween 80.
• 114. The formulation of aspect 113, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of 0.01% to 0.1%, preferably 0.01% to 0.05%.
• 115. The formulation of aspect 114, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of about 0.01% or 0.005%.
• 116. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 115, comprising:
  • a) A histidine pH 6.5 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
• 117. The formulation of aspect 116, comprising:
  • a) 15 mM histidine pH 6.5;
  • b) 8% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80.
• 118. The formulation of aspect 117, comprising:
  • a) 15 mM histidine pH 6.5;
  • b) 8% sucrose;
  • c) 0.01% Tween 80; and
  • d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.
• 119. The formulation of any of aspects 1 to 115, comprising:
  • a) A histidine pH 6.0 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;
  • b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and
  • c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.
• 120. The formulation of aspect 119, comprising:
  • a) 10 mM histidine pH 6.0;
  • b) 10% sucrose; and
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80.
• 121. The formulation of aspect 120, comprising:
  • a) 10 mM histidine pH 6.0;
  • b) 10% sucrose;
  • c) 0.005% Tween 80; and
  • d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.
• 122. A method for the preparation of a formulation of any of aspects 1 to 121, at least comprising the step of concentrating the polypeptide and exchanging it with the selected buffer and/or excipient.
• 123. A sealed container containing a formulation according to any of aspects 1 to 121.
• 124. A pharmaceutical unit dosage form suitable for parenteral administration to a human, comprising a formulation according to any of aspects 1 to 121 in a suitable container.
• 125. A kit comprising one or more of the sealed containers according to aspect 123 and/or pharmaceutical unit dosage forms according to aspect 124, and instructions for use of the formulation.
• 126. The formulation, container, pharmaceutical unit dosage or kit according to any of the preceding aspects for use in therapy.
• 127. Method for prevention and/or treatment of one or more diseases and/or disorders, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a formulation according to any of aspects 1 to 121.
• 128. Method of aspect 127, wherein the disease is a disease and/or disorder associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of RANKL, disease and/or disorder associated with aberrant expression and/or activity, such as overexpression of IL-6, or disease and disorder associated with heterodimeric cytokines and their receptors.
• 129. Method of aspect 128, wherein the disease is selected from osteoporosis, cancer induced bone loss and/or bone loss associated with autoimmunity and/or viral infection.
• 130. Method of aspect 128, wherein the disease is selected from rheumatoid arthritis, abnormal synovial cell growth, plasmocytosis induced Castleman's disease, tumor, muscle protein proteolysis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, inflammatory bowel disease, pancreatitis, psoriasis, angiogenesis, systemic-onset type juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, spinal cord injury, endothelial injury or destruction, mesothelioma, vasculitis, osteoarthritis, inner ear disorder, cancer, rejection after transplantation, pancreatic islet transplantation, myocardial infraction, prostate cancer, choroidal neovascularization, muscle regeneration, inflammatory myopathy, chronic rejection in cardiac transplant, delayed graft function
• 131. Method of aspect 128, wherein the disease is selected from inflammation and inflammatory disorders such as bowel diseases (colitis, Crohn's disease, IBD), infectious diseases, psoriasis, cancer, autoimmune diseases (such as MS), carcoidis, transplant rejection, cystic fibrosis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, viral infection, common variable immunodeficiency.

The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, it being recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention.

All of the references described herein are incorporated by reference, in particular for the teaching that is referenced hereinabove.

EXAMPLES

Example 1

Formulation and Stability Studies with RANKL008a

Example 1.1

Materials and Methods Used in the Study

1.1.1 Single variable domains

RANKL008a (SEQ ID NO: 4; EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYPMGWFRQAPGKGREFVS SITGSGGSTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAAYIRPDTYLSRDYRKYDYWGQGTLVTVSS GGGGSGGGSEVOLVESGGGLVQPGNSLRLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKG RFTISRDNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLR LSCAASGFTFSSYPMGWFRQAPGKGREFVSSITGSGGSTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYC AAYIRPDTYLSRDYRKYDYWGQGTLVTVSS) has been described as SEQ ID NO: 759 in WO 2008/142164. RANKL008a is a trivalent bispecific Nanobody consisting of three humanized variable domains of a heavy-chain llama antibody, of which two identical subunits are specific for binding to RANKL while the remaining subunit binds to HSA. The subunits are fused head-to-tail with a G/S linker in the following format: RANKL13H5-9GS-Alb8-9GS-RANKL13H5.

RANKL008a was expressed in Pichia pastoris and purified on SP Sepharose as a capturing step and a Q filter as a polishing step or on SP Sepharose as a capturing step and Capto MMC as a polishing step or alternatively by using a ProtA capture step followed by and SP Sepharose polishing step. Concentration of the Nanobody and buffer switch to PBS, 10 mM phosphate+100 mM NaCl, 10 mM phosphate+5% mannitol or 10 mM phosphate+115 mM NaCl or others buffers was done via UF/DF or by dialysis. A final filtration on a 0.22 μm filter was performed. The different batches of RANKL008a ranged in concentration from 143 to 62.8 mg/mL. Most batches were prepared at concentrations of about 60-85 mg/mL.

1.1.2 Other Reagents

All reagents used in the study are standard chemical reagents of highest purity. The complete composition of D-PBS was 137 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, 10 mM Sodium Phosphate dibasic, 2 mM Potassium Phosphate monobasic.

1.1.3 Equipment and Columns for Testing

HPLC experiments were carried out on an Agilent 1200 series instrument from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, USA). The columns used were:

• • RP-HPLC: Zorbax 300SB-C3 5-micron;
  • SE-HPLC: TSKgel G2000SW_XL (Tosoh Bioscience, Japan);
  • IEX-HPLC: Dionex ProPac _wCX-10 column;

The concentration of the purified RANKL008a batches was determined by spectroscopy at 280 nm either using a NanoDrop ND-1000 (Thermoscientific), or a Uvikon 943 Spectrophotometer (Kontron Instruments) or an Eppendorf Biophotometer 613.

Particle size distribution was measured on a PAMAS SVSS-C particle counter (PArtikelMess-und AnalyseSysteme GMBH).

For potency measurements a Biacore 3000 (GE Healthcare) was used. Elisa based potency assays were performed using standard laboratory equipment and plate reader instrumentation.

Osmolality measurement was done with an osmometer Model 3320 from Advanced instruments.

1.1.4 Inhibition ELISA for RANKL Potency Measurement

RANKL008a interacts with human (soluble) receptor activator of nuclear factor-kappa B ligand (RANKL) and blocks the interaction of this ligand with its human receptor activator of nuclear factor-kappaB (RANK), thereby preventing signalization through this receptor. The potency of RANKL008a was measured by an ELISA-based inhibition assay that allows assessment of the relative potency of the RANKL binding moieties of an unknown batch of RANKL008a relative to that of a reference batch.

For the reference, the control and the test samples, different dilutions of Nanobodies were prepared. These dilutions were pre-incubated with a constant amount of 5 ng/mL soluble RANKL and a constant amount of 200 ng/mL RANK-Fc. Subsequently, this mixture was transferred to a microtiter plate coated with a non-blocking anti-Fc Nanobody. After washing, residual bound RANKL was detected with a polyclonal biotinylated anti-human RANKL antibody, followed by hors radish peroxidase (HRP)-labeled streptavidin detection.

The relative potency of the test samples compared to the reference samples was analysed by use of PLA 2.0 Software (Stegmann Systems).

1.1.5 ELISA for HSA Binding

The relative potency of the HSA binding moiety in RANKL008a was measured by an ELISA. Briefly, HSA was coated onto a plastic multiwell Maxisorp ELISA plate by adsorption. After blocking excess binding sites on the plates with Superbiock T20, a dilution series of references, control and test samples was applied on the plate. Bound Nanobody was subsequently detected using a bivalent anti-Nanobody Nanobody, directly conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (HRP).

The relative potency of the test samples compared to the reference samples was analysed by use of PLA 2.0 Software (Stegmann Systems).

1.1.6 Purity Assay of RANKL008a by Size Exclusion High Performance Liquid Chromatography (SE-HPLC)

The SE-HPLC assay consisted of a pre-packed silica gel TSKgel G2000SW_XL column, a mobile phase consisting of KCl, NaCl and phosphate buffer pH 7.2 (D-PBS) and UV detection at 280 nm. The relative amount of the specific protein, variant, or impurities expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the specific protein or to any protein impurity by the total area of all integrated peaks,

1.1.7 Purity Assay of RANKL008a by Reverses Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC)

In the RP-HPLC assay a Zorbax 300SB-C3 column (Agilent Technologies, Palo Alto, US) was used. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity was determined by measuring the light absorbance of the components eluting from the RP-HPLC column. The relative amount of the specific protein, variant, or impurities expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the specific protein or to any protein impurity by the total area of all integrated peaks.

1.1.8 Purity Assay of RANKL008a by Ion Exchange High Performance Liquid Chromatography (IEX-HPLC)

The IEX-HPLC assay combined the use of a pre-packed Dionex ProPac WCX-10 weak cation exchange column, a mobile phase consisting of citrate buffer pH 5.5 and UV detection at 280 nm. After loading the protein(s) on the column, bound materials were eluted by a sodium chloride gradient. The relative amount of the specific protein, variant, or impurities expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the specific protein or to any protein impurity by the total area of all integrated peaks.

1.1.9 Relative Potency Determination on Biacore

RANKL or HSA was immobilized on the Biacore chip (amine coupling using the Biacore amine coupling kit). After a preconditioning step of 5 injections of RANKL008a, all samples were diluted to 2.5 nM in triplicate and analyzed on the chip. Slopes were determined using the general fit method and the linear fit model (BIAevaluation software). To determine the initial binding rate (IBR), the slope between 5 s and 30 s was selected. The values of these slopes were transferred in excel and the percentage activity/potency compared to the RANKL008a reference material was determined. Biacore potency is thus expressed as relative potency compared to the reference materials.

Example 1.2

Stability of the Nanobody in Different Buffers after Different Freeze/Thaw Cycles

A freeze/thaw stability study was performed to determine the effect of repetitive freeze and thawing on the recovery, physical stability and chemical stability of RANKL008a. Aliquots of batch RANKL008a formulated at ˜60-85 mg/mL in the buffers 1-12 given in Table 1 were subjected to 10 freeze/thaw (F/T) cycles at −20° C. One F/T cycle is defined by freezing the sample for 1 hour in a freezer at −20° C. followed by thawing at room temperature for 30 minutes. The stressed samples were compared with reference material (stored at 4° C.) using SE-HPLC (FIG. 1 (A); representative figure of the experiments performed in phosphate buffer), RP-HPLC (FIG. 2; representative figure of the experiments performed in phosphate buffer) and the ELISA potency assays (Table 2). All other data of the freeze thaw experiments demonstrate similar patterns as given in FIGS. 1 and 2 (except FIG. 1 (B) see below).

Subjecting RANKL008a to 10 F/T cycles had no significant effect on its stability: the SE-HPLC- and RP-HPLC profiles were comparable between the reference batches and material subjected to multiple freeze/thaw cycles. There was no decrease in the total surface area and no new peaks were being formed, except in 20 mM L-histidine, pH 5.5+10% mannitol and 20 mM L-histidine, pH 6+10% mannitol, where the main peak had a very small shoulder in the SE-HPLC chromatograms (FIG. 1 (B) showing the data at pH 5.5 and where the minor shoulder on the main peak is indicated by an arrow). In Table 3 and Table 4 data are included for the integration of the different peaks (expressed as % surface area) in the SE-HPLC and RP-HPLC analysis respectively. These data demonstrate that no changes occur in the profiles after 10 freeze thaw cycles.

Analysis by the ELISA potency assays indicated no loss of activity after repetitive freezing and thawing in all formulations, except in 20 mM Histidine, pH 5.5+10% mannitol where there appeared to be a lower RANKL and HSA binding potency.

Example 1.3

Stability of the Nanobody in Different Buffers when Stored at 37° C. Up to 10 Weeks

RANKL008a was formulated in different buffers at ˜60-85 mg/mL (buffers 1-12 given in Table 1). The stability of the different samples was assessed in accelerated stress conditions at 37° C.±3° C. Samples were taken after 2, 3, 5 and 10 weeks storage at this temperature and were analyzed using SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC and IEX-HPLC. Biacore was performed on the samples stored for 10 weeks to evaluate loss in potency.

1.3.1 SE-HPLC Analysis

The results of the analysis of a sample by SE-HPLC is given in FIG. 3 where an example is shown for the sample stored during two weeks at 37° C. in the presence of 50 or 100 mM salt or 10% mannitol phosphate buffer. Storage at 37° C. resulted in the formation of a clear prepeak eluting at about 40 minutes and some minor postpeaks close to the main peak; at the 60 minutes elution time (see insert in FIG. 3) some degradation fragments could be observed. In Table 3 the integration data for all samples analysed is summarized for the different peaks observed (except peaks after 60 minutes elution time). The peak area of the prepeak increased over time but was reduced by the addition of mannitol to the buffer (Table 3). The postpeaks after 60 minutes elution time corresponded to degradation products (due to remaining proteolytic activity in sample). The relative area (%) of these peaks increased only slightly, implying that degradation was restricted to a minimum.

The prepeak represented the dimeric form of RANKL008a. The peak surface area of the prepeak increased with storage time (Table 3) and was accompanied by a concomitant decrease in surface area of the main peak (Table 3). The propensity to form dimers was significantly lower in the formulations containing 10% mannitol, which seemed to have a positive effect in suppressing the dimerization process. Note the significant lower amounts of dimers observed in the Acetate and Histidine buffers (pH 5.5) containing 10% mannitol (Table 1 and FIG. 4). FIG. 4(A) summarizes the % surface area for the main peak in the different buffers and at different time points when stored at 37° C. FIG. 4(B) summarizes the data for the % prepeak (dimer).

1.3.2 RP-HPLC Analysis

A representative RP-HPLC is given in FIG. 5 where the RP-HPLC chromatogram of a RANKL008a sample stored in phosphate buffer with different concentrations salt or 10% mannitol is represented. The RP-HPLC profiles of RANKL008a formulated in the 12 different buffers were comparable to this Figure. In Table 4 integration data for the different peaks detected is summarized. In FIG. 5 the inset shows a zoom on the main peak where the two pre-peaks can be discriminated, while the post peak that is fully base line resolved from the main peak is the pyro-glutamate variant of the RANKL008a where the N-terminal glutamic acid has been converted to the pyroglutamate form.

There were two differences between the RP-HPLC profiles of the reference batch and the storage samples. Firstly, the pyroglutamate peak increased with increased incubation time and was more apparent in phosphate buffer at pH 7 than at pH 5.5 or pH 6. Secondly, a prepeak was being formed in function of storage time. The surface area of this peak was higher in the phosphate buffer.

There were no differences in the RP-HPLC profiles of the samples without or with mannitol.

1.3.3 IEX-HPLC Analysis

A representative IEX-HPLC chromatogram of the RANKL008a stored for 2 weeks in phosphate buffer with different salt concentrations or 10% mannitol is depicted in FIG. 6. The inset shows a zoom in on the main peak where a minor post peak 1 and a more significant post-peak 2 is observed. Results of the analysis of the different samples by IEX-HPLC are given in Table 5 and FIG. 7.

The first postpeak constituted maximally 4.5% of the total peak surface area. The surface area of this peak was the highest in phosphate buffer and the lowest or even absent in the mannitol-containing buffers. The peak area of the second peak on the other hand was substantial, yet significantly lower in the buffers containing 10% mannitol (FIG. 7). The material eluting in the post-peak was collected by fraction collection and re-chromatographed on the SE-HPLC column described above. This post-peak 2 elutes in the SE-HPLC chromatogram at the dimer position demonstrating that i) this dimer does not dissociate under these conditions and that ii) this dimer elutes later on the IEX-HPLC column. Therefore we can conclude that the post-peak 2 is the dimerized form of the RANKL008a.

1.3.4 Biacore Potency Analysis of the RANKL008a Stored at 37° C.

The RANKL and HSA binding of RANKL008a in stability samples stored for 10 weeks at 37° C. was compared with the activity of the unstressed reference batch using Biacore analysis. The relative potencies are given in Table 6 and are expressed as % activity compared to reference batch.

After 10 weeks of storage at 37° C. the relative potency of RANKL008a for binding RANKL had dropped to 70-80% in the different buffers (Table 6). In histidine, pH 6+10% mannitol, the activity remained the highest (87.4%). The higher the NaCl concentration in the buffer, the lower the relative potency in the sample (compare the values obtained in buffers with 50 mM NaCl and 100 mM NaCl in Table 6).

The relative potency for HSA binding had dropped more compared to the activity for RANKL binding after 10 weeks storage at 37° C. This decrease in activity however was less significant in the mannitol-containing buffers than in the NaCl-containing buffers. As observed for RANKL binding, the percentage activity on HSA decreased with increasing concentrations of NaCl in the different buffers.

Example 1.4

Osmolality Measurement for the Nanobodies in the Different Buffers

Osmolality measurements were performed on the different formulations used in the stability studies:

• • RANKL008a in 10 mM Phosphate/10% mannitol: 635 mOsm/kg
  • RANKL008a in 10 mM Acetate/10% mannitol: 643 mOsm/kg
  • RANKL008a in 20 mM L-histidine pH 5.5/10% mannitol: 712 mOsm/kg
  • RANKL008a in 20 mM L-histidine pH 6.0/10% mannitol: 667 mOsm/kg
  • RANKL008a in 10 mM acetate buffer pH 5.5/100 mM NaCl: 272 mOsm/kg
  • RANKL008a in 10 mM phosphate/5% mannitol: 389 mOsm/kg

Formulations containing 10% mannitol were hypertonic.

Example 1.5

Stability of the Nanobodies During Mechanical Stress

Mechanical stress experiments were performed on RANKL008a (62.2 mg/mL) in 10 mM phosphate buffer pH 7.0 with 115 mM NaCl. The RANKL008a sample was diluted (in the 10 mM phosphate buffer pH 7.0 with 115 mM) or undiluted with and without 0.01% Tween 80. The samples were shaken, stirred, rotated and pushed through a needle with a syringe (the syringe used can be any commercially available syringe, such as e.g. a 1 mL, 2 mL, 3 mL, 4 mL, 5 mL, 10 mL, 20 mL, 30 mL, 40 mL up to 50 mL syringe) as follows:

• • Diluted to 5 mg/mL or undiluted and shaken (10 s-1 min);
  • Pushed through a syringe (3 mL) with needle 25 G (undiluted) (10×);
  • Rotated (10 rpm) on an end over end mixer for 2 days at room temperature (undiluted)
  • Stirred 1 hour at room temperature for 2 days at 5° C. (diluted to 5 mg/mL)
    The different samples were compared visually for any differences in appearance.

Strong shaking for a short time (10 s) caused strong foaming of the samples in the absence of Tween 80, the diluted sample got very opaque (FIG. 8) while this was less pronounced for the undiluted sample. In the presence of the Tween 80 this opacity was not observed.

The undiluted RANKL008a sample with and without 0.01% Tween 80 was pushed 10 times through a needle (25 G) with a 3 mL syringe. The sample without Tween 80 got opaque, there was also formation of foam and tiny air bubbles were visible when tapping the vial, in the vial with 0.01% Tween 80 opacity was limited.

The undiluted RANKL008a sample with or without 0.01% Tween 80 was rotated for 2 days at 10 rpm. Both samples stayed clear.

The diluted (to 5 mg/mL) RANKL008a sample with or without 0.01% Tween 80 was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and further for 2 days at 5° C. The visual observations are as follows: stirring during 1 h at room temperature induced an opacity which was not observed in the presence of 0.01% Tween 80. After stirring 1 hour at room temperature, the sample without Tween 80 was slightly opaque while the sample with Tween 80 stayed clear. After 2 days stirring at 5° C., both sample were opaque but the opacity in the sample without Tween 80 was higher.

With the addition of 0.01% Tween 80, the RANKL008a sample was less or not opaque after mechanical stress and there was less foam formation. This indicates that the sample is less susceptible to denaturation at the air-water interface if Tween 80 is added.

Example 1.6

Syringeability of the Different Nanobody Formulations

The effect of using different diluents—i.e. saline solution, phosphate buffer without Tween 80 or phosphate buffer with Tween 80—on content, visual appearance and potency of RANKL008a at low concentration (0.28 mg/mL) was determined after passage through different syringes and needles. RANKL008a was diluted in different diluents followed by passage or 24 h storage in syringes (Becton Dickinson) (FIG. 9). FIG. 9 contains the legends to the different samples generated during this experiment where the following codes are applied:

S25/0: storage at 25° C. for 0 minute

S25/24: storage at 25° C. for 24 h

−TW: buffer minus Tween 80

+TW: buffer+Tween 80

PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na₂HPO₄ pH 7.0+115 mM NaCl

TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube

Visual inspection and content determination of RANKL008a after dilution in different diluents and passage/storage in syringes is given in Table 7. Data on turbidity measurement at 320 and 350 nm are given in FIG. 10. The relative HSA and RANKL potency of RANKL008a after dilution in different diluents and passage/storage in syringes is shown in FIG. 11.

Passage through a syringe slightly increased turbidity when using 10 mM Na₂HPO₄, 115 mM NaCl (pH 7.0), Dilution in saline solution caused a drop in RANKL/HSA binding activity of 18-34.0%. A similar effect was observed using 10 mM Na₂HPO₄, 115 mM NaCl (pH 7.0) without Tween 80, i.e. a drop of 15-27%. In contrast, dilution in 10 mM Na₂HPO₄, 115 mM NaCl (pH 7.0) with Tween 80 did not appear to have a dramatic effect confirming the beneficial role of Tween 80 in the buffer.

Example 1.7

Stability of Nanobody Formulations During Syringe Passage with Different Needle Size

The effect of syringe passage on visual appearance of the RANKL008a using different needle sizes and needle size combinations was evaluated. RANKL008a was diluted in an Eppendorf tube (TUB) in 10 mM Na₂HPO₄, 115 mM NaCl, 0.01% Tween 80 (v:v), (pH 7.0) to a final concentration of 0.28 mg/mL followed by single passage through a 1 mL Becton Dickinson syringe equipped with different needles (i.e. Terumo 18 G, 23 G, 27 G and 30 G) (FIG. 12). In this Figure and Table 8 the following codes apply:

+TW: buffer+Tween 80

PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na₂HPO₄ pH 7.0+115 mM NaCl

TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube

18 G/18 G: sample drawn up with a 18 G needle and expelled through a 180 needle

18 G/27 G: drawn up with a 18 G needle and expelled through a 27 G needle

All other coding is similar to the two examples given above.

Turbidity was determined by visual inspection and by measurement of the absorption at wavelengths of 320 nm, 340 nm, 350 nm and/or 500 nm, and determining the ratio of the obtained value over the absorption at A278 nm (mostly 320/278 and 350/278). A ratio of >0.05 was considered significant. Visual inspection, content and turbidity of RANKL008a before (TUB) and after passage through syringes with different needle size is shown in Table 8.

In a further experiment, RANKL008a was subjected to single passage through a 1 mL syringe equipped with different needle sizes (i.e. 270 and 290) both undiluted (65 mg/mL) and diluted in 10 mM Na₂HPO₄, 115 mM NaCl, 0.01% Tween 80 (v:v), (pH 7.0) to a final concentration of 0.28 mg/mL (FIG. 13). Visual inspection, content and turbidity of RANKL008a before (TUB) and after passage through syringes with different needle size is shown in Table 9.

In Table 9 and FIG. 13 the following codes are used:

• • +TW: buffer+Tween 80
  • PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na₂HPO₄ pH 7.0+115 mM NaCl
  • TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube
  • 27 G/27 G: sample drawn up with a 27 G needle and expelled through a 270 needle
  • 29 G/29 G: drawn up with a 290 needle and expelled through a 290 needle
  • T: Terumo needle, B Becton Dickinson needle
  • 0028 refers to concentration at 0.28 mg/mL, 6500 to about 65 mg/mL.

Different combinations of needle sizes did not have a significant effect on RANKL008a recovery or sample turbidity both at low (0.28 mg/mL) and high (62.8 mg/mL) concentration (up to gauge sizes 29 and 27 respectively). In both experiments turbidity values were low (<0.05).

Example 2

Formulation and Stability Studies with Nanobodies that Bind IL-6R

Example 2.1

Materials and Methods Used in the Study

2.1.1 Single Variable Domains

Three Nanobodies that were used in this study have been described in PCT application No. PCT/EP2010/054764 to Ablynx N.V. IL6R304 is a bispecific Nanobody consisting of two humanized variable domains of a heavy-chain llama antibody, one binding to IL-6R, the other one (Alb8) binding to HSA. The trivalent bispecific Nanobodies IL6R305 and IL6R306 consist of two identical subunits that are specific for IL-6R while the third subunit binds to HSA. The build-up of the subunits differs in IL6R305 and IL6R306 (see Table C-27 of PCT/EP2010/054764). The subunits in all three Nanobodies are fused head to-tail with a 9G/S linker. The sequences and characteristics of the three Nanobodies are given in Table 10.

The Nanobodies were expressed in Pichia pastoris. Concentration of the Nanobody and buffer switch to PBS or other formulation buffer was done via UF/DF (Sartorius Hydrosart Sartocon Slice 200, 10 kDa). A final filtration was carried out at 0.22 μm. An overview of the different IL-6R Nanobody batches is given in Table 11.

Unstressed samples in PBS or other formulations were used as reference material for analyzing the storage stability samples.

2.1.2 Other Reagents

Reagents used in the study are given in Table 12. The complete composition of D-PBS was 137 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, 10 mM Sodium Phosphate dibasic, 2 mM Potassium Phosphate monobasic.

2.1.3 Equipment and Methods for Measurements

HPLC experiments were carried out on an Agilent 1200 series instrument from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, USA) or on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 instrument. The columns used were:

• • RP-HPLC: Zorbax 300SB-C3 5-micron, 4.6×150 mm (Agilent, Cat. No. 883995-909) or Zorbax 300513-C8 5-micron, 4.6×150 mm (Agilent, Cat. No. 883995-906);
  • SE-HPLC: Phenomenex BioSep SEC 52000 (00H-2145-KD)

Concentration determinations of the Nanobodies were done with Nanoprop ND-1000 (Thermoscientific), with a Uvikon 943 Spectrophotometer (Kontron Instruments) or with an Eppendorf Biophotometer 6131 at 280 nm.

Particle size distribution was measured on a PAMAS SVSS-C particle counter (PArtikelMess-und AnalyseSysteme GMBH).

Osmolality measurement was done with an osmometer Model 3320 from Advanced instruments.

For measurement of binding activity Biacore 3000 (GE Healthcare) was used.

The thermal shift assay (TSA) was performed on a LightCycler480 Q-PCR device (Roche).

For determination of the Tm, an automated VP-capillary Differential Scanning calorimeter (DSC, MicroCal) was used.

2.1.4 Purity Assay of the IL-6R Nanobodies by Size Exclusion High Performance Liquid Chromatography (SE-HPLC)

The SE-HPLC assay consisted of a pre-packed Phenomenex BioSep SEC 52000 column, a mobile phase consisting of KCl, NaCl and phosphate buffer pH 7.2 (D-PBS) and UV detection at 280 nm. The relative amount of specific protein impurity was expressed as area %, and was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the protein impurity by the total integrated area.

The method can resolve and quantify the relative amounts of intact material and product related impurities such as aggregates and degradation fragments.

2.1.5 Purity Assay of the IL-6R Nanobodies by Reverses Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC)

In the RP-HPLC assay a Zorbax 300SB-C3 or Zorbax 300513-C8 column (Agilent Technologies, Palo Alto, US) at elevated temperatures were used. With the C3 column, mobile phase A consisted of 0.1% TFA and mobile phase B consisted of 0.1% TFA in ACN/isopropanol. With the C8 column, mobile phase A consisted of 0.1% TFA and mobile phase B consisted of 0.1% TFA in 1-propanol. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity was determined by measuring the light absorbance (280 nm) of the components eluting from the RP-HPLC column. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity, expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the impurity by the total integrated area.

2.1.6 Measurement of Particle Size Distribution (PAMAS)

The measurements on the PAMAS SVSS-C particle counter were performed as follows: 100 μl sample was diluted 1/10 in 1 mL MilliQ water and 10 consecutive measurements were performed in all 16 channels (diameter set 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 25, 50, 100, 150 and 200 μm). For calculation of the average value, the first 2 measurements were excluded and the dilution factor was taken into account. The results are given as cumulative data (total particle counts>x μm) or differential data (total particle counts between diameter x and y μm). Only the cumulative data are presented.

2.1.7 Affinity Measurement on Biacore

A chip was first immobilized with HSA (amine coupling using the Biacore amine coupling kit).

After a preconditioning step of 5 injections of the Nanobody, all samples were diluted to 2.5 nM in triplicate and analyzed on the chip. Quality control of the chips using the reference sample was included in the experiment to detect any loss of activity or decrease in response (deterioration of the chip). Slopes were determined using the general fit method and the linear fit model (BIAevaluation software). To determine the initial binding rate (IBR), the slope between 5 s and 30 s was selected. The values of these slopes were transferred in excel and the percentage activity compared to the reference was determined.

2.1.8 ELISA Based Potency Assay for HSA Binding

Human Serum Albumin (HSA) was immobilized onto a multiwell Maxisorp ELISA plate by adsorption. After blocking excess binding sites on the plates with Superbiock T20 (PBS) blocking buffer, a dilution series of test and reference samples was applied on the plate. Bound Nanobody was subsequently detected using a bivalent anti-Nanobody Nanobody directly conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (HRP). In the presence of H₂O₂ HRP catalyzes a chemical reaction with Tetramethylbenzidine (es TMB) which results in the formation of a color. The reaction was stopped by adding 1N HCl. The optical density of the color was measured at 450 nm.

2.1.9 ELIAS Based Potency Assay for IL-6R Binding

For the reference, control and test samples, different dilutions of the Nanobodies were prepared. These dilutions were pre-incubated with a constant amount of 100 ng/mL IL-6, followed by the addition of 4 ng/mL soluble IL-6R. Subsequently, this mixture was transferred to a microtiter plate coated with a non neutralizing anti-IL-6R Nanobody. After washing, residual bound IL-6 was detected with biotinylated anti-human IL-6 monoclonal antibody, followed by HRP-labeled streptavidin detection. In the presence of H₂O₂ HRP catalyzes a chemical reaction with Tetramethylbenzidine (es TMB) which results in the formation of a color. The reaction was stopped by adding 1N HCl. The optical density of the color was measured at 450 nm. The relative potency of the test samples compared to the reference sample was analyzed by use of PLA 2.0 Software.

2.1.10 Capillary Isoelectric Focusing (cIEF)

Capillary isoelectric Focusing (cIEF) is an analysis/separation technique that differentiates proteins with respect to charge, i.e., it separates proteins according to their isoelectric points (pl). The separation principle is similar to gel-based/flatbed IEF but differs mainly in its format, that is, the separation takes place in an open tube of narrow format (capillary) eliminating the need for any anticonvective matrix support. Also, cIEF is a fully automated instrument with online detection and data acquisition. A drawback of traditional cIEF in a conventional CE instrument is that the focused (stationary) zones must be mobilized past the single-point detection area in order to record the signal. During mobilization the zones may become broadened with contaminant loss of resolution and decreased detectability. Moreover, the analysis time and risk of protein aggregation/precipitation will increase. By imaging cIEF the focusing process is followed in real-time over the whole-column/capillary by a CCD camera excluding the mobilization step. As soon as the focusing process is completed the analysis run is finished.

Example 2.2

Tm Determination

The melting temperature (Tm) in different buffers was determined using the fluorescence-based thermal shift assay (TSA, for IL6R304 and IL6R305) and by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC, for IL6R304).

2.2.1 Thermal Shift Assay

The thermal shift assay or ISA can be performed in 96-well plate in a Q-PCR device to evaluate the effect of buffer couple, ionic strength, pH and excipients on the thermal stability of proteins. The assay results in a Tm value that is indicative for the thermal stability in the tested buffers. Briefly, the assay follows the signal changes of a fluorescence dye, such as Sypro Orange, while the protein undergoes thermal unfolding. When Sypro Orange is added to a properly folded protein solution, it is exposed in an aqueous environment and its fluorescence signal is quenched. When the temperature rises, the protein undergoes thermal unfolding and exposes its hydrophobic core region. Sypro Orange then binds to the hydrophobic regions, unquenches which results in the increase of the fluorescence signal.

In a first experiment, the Tm was assessed for IL6R304 and IL6R305 in different buffers, excipients and combinations thereof using the TSA assay. The obtained Tm values are displayed graphically in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15.

In all conditions tested, the Tm values were slightly higher for IL6R304 than for IL6R305. The buffers and excipients tested had a similar effect on the Tm values of IL6R304 and IL6R305:

Effect of buffer pH: the highest melting points were obtained in Hepes buffer (pH 7 and pH 8) and L-histidine pH 6.5, followed by phosphate buffer (pH 6.7 and 7.7), Tris pH 7.2 and succinate buffer pH 6.2. The lowest melting points were obtained in PBS (58.82° C. for IL6R304) and in the buffers with the lowest pH, i.e. succinate pH 5.2 and L-histidine pH 5.5. The higher melting point in L-histidine pH 6.5 correlates well with the higher solubility of IL6R304 in this buffer (see Example 2.3).

Effect of [NaCl] concentration: the highest melting temperatures were measured when no sodium chloride was added to the buffers. Tm values decreased gradually with increasing NaCl concentration; the effect plateaus at 300 mM NaCl.

Effect of the excipients mannitol, sucrose and glycine: all excipients tested appeared to have a stabilizing effect on IL6R304 and IL6R305, since the melting temperatures increased with increasing excipient concentration. The highest Tm values were obtained in buffers containing 7.5% mannitol or 5% sucrose.

In summary, IL6R304 and IL6R305 seemed to be more stable in buffers that had a neutral pH and which contained a low NaCl concentration and significant amounts of mannitol or sucrose. This is represented schematically in Table 13. L-histidine pH 6.5 appeared to be a good buffer to take forward in further stability testing and formulation work. Another important argument for proceeding with a L-histidine buffer is that the solubility of IL6R304 was shown to increase dramatically in this buffer compared to PBS (see Example 2.3). Buffers containing high NaCl concentration should be avoided, while Hepes buffers at neutral pH could preferably be used.

2.2.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry

To identify other suitable buffers to be used in purification protocols, i.e. in which the protein displays acceptable stability, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) was used to determine the melting temperature of IL6R304 in different candidate buffers.

FIG. 16 shows the results of a DSC experiment performed on IL6R304 formulated in different buffers. The highest melting temperatures were observed in MES (pH 6.0) and Hepes (pH 7.0), whereas acetate, Tris-HCl and phosphate indicate a slightly lower thermal stability. The Tm value obtained in citrate (pH 3.5) was on average 10° C. lower than in the other buffers. All heat capacity (Cp) melting peaks were sharp and rather symmetrical in all buffers. The restoration of a base-line after the transition indicated that no precipitation had occurred.

An overview of all Tm values obtained in the DSC experiments is shown in Table 14. From these results we can conclude that adding more NaCl lead to a gradual decrease in melting temperature, as was also observed in the ISA.

2.2.3 TSA Experiment Using Experimental Design

A second TSA experiment was performed on IL6R304 using experimental design (DOE). The DOE consisted of different steps. The outcome of each step was used to define the DOE for the next step. Briefly, the experimental set-ups and obtained results were the following:

• • Step 1: L-histidine, succinate, phosphate and Tris were tested at different pH (6-7) and buffer strength (10-40 mM). The most promising formulation was found to be low ionic strength L-histidine and Phosphate buffers with a pH of 7 and 6, respectively.
  • Step 2: the effect of adding NaCl and different excipients to 15 mM L-histidine pH 6.5 and 7 and 15 mM Phosphate pH 6 and 6.5 was tested. One representative of three excipient families was included: mannitol (polyol), sucrose (non-reducing sugar) and arginine (amino acid). It was concluded that Arginine and/or NaCl decrease the Tm of IL6R304. A maximal melting temperature was reached in sucrose or a mix of sucrose/mannitol (10% in total). Furthermore, a higher Tm was obtained in L-histidine than in phosphate. For both buffers, best results were obtained at pH 6.5.
  • Step 3: other representatives, i.e. sorbitol, xylitol, ribitol, trehalose and glycine, from the three excipient families were tested in 15 mM L-histidine and 15 mM phosphate, both at pH 6.5. Again, the Tm of IL6R304 was higher in L-histidine buffer than in phosphate for all excipients and excipient combinations. The best buffer formulation contained 10% sorbitol or trehalose. (Table 15)

In a fourth step, the outcome of the statistical analysis of the DOE was confirmed by a repeat of the TSA and by differential scanning calorimetry.

Example 2.3

Solubility of the Nanobodies in Different Buffers

2.3.1 Solubility in PBS and the Effect of Tween 80

During downstream processing and storage of the IL6R304, IL6R305 and IL6R306Nanobodies in D-PBS buffer, precipitation occurred. Precipitates were already formed during storage overnight at 5° C. or −20° C., even in samples that were filtered (0.22 μm) before storage. This not only resulted in significant product loss, but also made it inconvenient to perform subsequent experiments since filtration steps needed to be incorporated constantly. From these observations it was clear that PBS is not a suitable formulation buffer for any of the IL-6R Nanobodies and that alternative storage buffers needed to be identified. In an initial experiment, it was assessed whether Tween 80 could prevent this precipitation (aggregation) from occurring.

Briefly, IL6R304 (P#051108nr1) was diluted to 2 mg/mL in PBS buffer, PBS buffer+0.1% (v:v) Tween 80 or PBS buffer+0.2% (v:v) Tween 80. The three samples were stored for 4 days at 5° C. and subsequently analyzed for visible particulates (appearance testing by visual inspection; Table 16), sub-visible particle counts (PAMAS; FIG. 17), via UV spectroscopy (A320/A280 ratio, i.e. measure for the presence of particulates; Table 16) and SE-HPLC (FIG. 18), Significantly more and larger particles were present in the IL6R304 sample formulated in PBS compared to the IL6R304 sample formulated in PBS+Tween 80.

2.3.2 Concentration Experiments to Determine the Solubility of IL6R304 and IL6R305

IL6R304 and IL6R305, both formulated in PBS, were concentrated stepwise with a Vivascience concentrator (Vivaspin 500 5,000 MWCO, 500 μl concentrator). During the concentration experiment, the retentate was mixed gently regularly and was analyzed visually for particulates/precipitation. The presence of insoluble aggregates in the retentate was verified by checking the protein concentration before and after centrifugation at maximum speed. Based on the results from the thermal shift assay (see Example 2.2.1), the solubility of IL6R304 was also analyzed in 20 mM Histidine, pH 6.5.

In conclusion, the solubility of IL6R304 and IL6R305 in PBS was limited, with estimated values of 20 mg/mL, and 15 mg/mL, respectively (concentration at which protein precipitation occurred). No precipitation of IL6R304 was observed at a concentration between 20-90 mg/mL in L-histidine buffer suggesting that the solubility can be increased significantly by changing the formulation buffer. Note that no significant protein loss has been observed.

2.3.3 Determination of the Theoretical Solubility

The theoretical solubility of IL6R304 and IL6R305 was determined using the PEG exclusion method in PBS buffer (IL6R304, IL6R305) or in 20 mM L-histidine, pH 6.5 (IL6R304). Briefly, a concentrated Nanobody solution (30-80 mg/mL) in the respective buffer was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature in the presence of increasing concentrations of PEG6000. After centrifugation at 20000×g for 3 minutes, log values of the [soluble protein concentration] were plotted versus PEG6000 concentration (FIG. 19). By regression analysis and extrapolation to a zero concentration of PEG6000, the theoretical maximum protein concentration (and thus solubility values) could be obtained for the Nanobodies in the buffers tested. The obtained solubility values correlated well with the values obtained experimentally using the stepwise concentration experiments with the Vivaspin centrifugal concentrators. When comparing the solubility of IL6R304 in PBS and L-histidine pH 6.5, it could be concluded that the solubility of IL6R304 increased significantly in the L-histidine buffer.

Example 2.4

Storage Stability Study of the Nanobodies at 37° C.

An initial storage stability study was performed to get a general understanding of the stability of the IL-6R Nanobodies and to determine if adding mannitol in the formulation buffer has a beneficial effect in minimizing the formation of potential dimers, as was observed for RANKL008a (see Example 1.3).

The three IL-6R Nanobodies were formulated in different buffers (Table 17) at a concentration of 10 mg/mL (IL6R304), 7.1 mg/mL (IL6R305) and 10.3 mg/mL (IL6R306). The stability of the different samples was assessed in accelerated stress conditions at 37° C. Samples were analyzed after 1 week using SE-HPLC and RP-HPLC. Selected samples of IL6R304 and IL6R305 were also analyzed after 3 weeks of storage.

2.4.1 SE-HPLC Analysis

For all three IL-6R Nanobodies, prolonged storage at 37° C. resulted in the formation of prepeaks and some minor postpeaks. The postpeaks probably corresponded to degradation products (due to remaining proteolytic activity in sample). The surface area of these postpeaks remained very low, suggesting only minimal degradation after 3 weeks at 37° C.

All three IL-6R Nanobodies had a strong tendency to form dimers/oligomers (aggregates), which were visible as prepeak(s) in the chromatograms of the SE-HPLC analysis. An example chromatogram is shown in FIG. 20. The peak area of the prepeak increased significantly over time (represented as % aggregates in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22) and was accompanied by a concomitant decrease in surface area of the main peak. The propensity to form dimmers/oligomers appeared to be somewhat higher for IL6R305 than for IL6R304. Also, more dimmers/oligomers were being formed in PBS compared to the other buffers that were tested. Importantly, the lowest amounts of oligomers were observed in the mannitol-containing formulations.

2.4.2 RP-HPLC Analysis

The RP-HPLC profile of IL6R304 at time point 0 weeks included a main peak with a shoulder eluting before the main material and a postpeak that was not well resolved from the main peak. This postpeak most likely corresponded to the pyroglutamate-containing variant of IL6R304. The surface area of this peak increased with storage time and was highest in PBS and phosphate buffer compared to the acetate and histidine buffers. After 3 weeks of storage, the surface areas of two thus far unidentified prepeaks increased (FIG. 23).

The RP-HPLC profile of IL6R305 at time point 0 weeks included a main peak with some minor prepeaks. The resolving power of the RP-HPLC method used was insufficient to separate the pyroglutamate-containing variant from the main material.

Example 2.5

Osmolality Measurement

According to the European Pharmacopoeia, a solution is considered isotonic if it has an osmolality of 290±30 mOsm/kg. Osmolality measurements on 20 mM L-histidine pH 6.5 containing different concentrations of excipients were therefore performed to define the range of excipient concentration that would be acceptable for an isotonic liquid formulation of IL6R304.

IL6R304 (10 mg/mL) was formulated in the different buffers of Table 18. The results from osmolality measurement of these formulations are shown in FIG. 24.

Example 2.6

Storage Stability Study of IL6R304 at 5° C. and 37° C.

An overview of the different formulation buffers and methods used in stability testing of IL6R304 batch P#051108nr1 is given in Table 18 and Table 19, respectively. Because IL6R304 was found to be prone to aggregation and precipitation, Tween 80 was added to most formulations.

2.6.1 Appearance and OD280

No turbidity was observed in the samples stored for 5 weeks at 5° C., indicating that 20 mM L-histidine pH 6.5 is a much better storage buffer for IL6R304 than PBS.

After storage for 1 week at 37° C., a slight turbidity was observed in all 12 samples. In the IL6R304 samples in buffers 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 and 9 more opalescence was observed compared to IL6R304 in the buffers 4, 5, 6, 10, 11 and 12, which all contained mannitol. After storage for 2 weeks at 37° C., slightly more turbidity was observed compared to the 1 week samples. However, the trend observed for the 1 week samples continued: the IL6R304 samples in buffers 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 and 9 showed more opalescence compared to the mannitol-containing buffers. After storage for 5 weeks at 37° C., turbidity was still present and slightly less in the samples containing mannitol. However, it seemed like the turbidity had not increased compared to the 2 weeks samples.

Despite the opacity observed in the stressed samples, the protein concentration in the samples has not decreased significantly (data not shown) although there was a slight trend to a lower concentration due to a higher turbidity. Also, the OD320/OD280 ratio, which is a measure for turbidity or the presence of particulates, was <0.05 in all buffer conditions. In fact, the ratio was 2-10 fold lower than observed in the unstressed sample in PBS, again showing that the L-histidine pH 6.5 buffer has a stabilizing effect on IL6R304.

2.6.2 SE-HPLC Analysis

Samples of the reference material (0 weeks) and samples stored for up to 6 months at 5° C. and 37° C. were analyzed using SE-HPLC.

No differences were observed between the SE-HPLC profiles of the reference samples (at 0 weeks) and the samples stored for up to 5 weeks at 5° C. In addition, there were no significant differences between the different buffers. The small amounts of aggregates already present in the start material were not increasing with prolonged storage time (FIG. 25(B)), indicating that the Histidine buffer had a stabilizing effect on ILR304, even in the absence of excipients such as Tween 80, mannitol or sucrose. Note that IL6R304 formed aggregates when stored for a short time (hours-days) at 5° C. in D-PBS buffer.

SE-HPLC analysis of the samples stored for 6 months at 5° C. also did not show increase in area % of the prepeaks, meaning that no oligomers were formed under these storage conditions, not even in the formulation containing only 20 mM L-histidine, pH 6.5 i.e. without Tween-80 or any excipient (data not shown).

Prolonged storage at 37° C. resulted in the formation of prepeaks and some minor postpeaks. The postpeaks probably corresponded to degradation products (due to remaining proteolytic activity in sample). The relative area (%) of these peaks increased only slightly, implying that degradation was restricted to a minimum. The other peaks visible in the chromatograms were background peaks arising from the buffer components.

The peak area of the prepeaks increased significantly over time (FIG. 25 (A) and FIG. 26 (B)). Given the relative position of the prepeaks to the main peak, the prepeaks most likely represented dimeric or oligomeric forms (aggregates) of IL6R304. The peak surface area of the prepeak increased with storage time and was accompanied by a concomitant decrease in surface area of the main peak.

An important observation was that the propensity to form dimers/oligomers was buffer-dependent: the propensity to oligomerize was significantly lower in the mannitol- and sucrose-containing formulations. Glycine appeared not to have such a positive effect in preventing the oligomerization process. Tween 80 had no inhibitory effect on the formation of oligomers.

Importantly, the % oligomers observed in all 12 L-histidine buffers after storage for 3 weeks at 37° C. was significantly lower than the equivalent sample in D-PBS buffer, i.e. 2.2-4.6% in L-histidine, pH 6.5 compared to 11.7% PBS (FIG. 26(A)). This buffer-dependent effect on the physical stability of IL6R304 correlated very well with the buffer-dependent differences observed in thermal stability testing of IL6R304 (Example 2.2): the melting temperature of IL6R304 was found to be only 58.8° C. in PBS but is 62.8° C. in 20 mM L-histidine, pH 6.5. Increasing the intrinsic stability of IL6R304 by changing the formulation buffer from PBS to L-histidine proved to have a clear beneficial effect on its stability upon storage.

In the samples stored for 6 months at 37° C., the lowest % of oligomers was found in the formulation containing 10% sucrose, again corroborating the stabilizing effect of sucrose on IL6R304 (Table 20).

2.6.3 RP-HPLC Analysis

Samples of the reference material (0 weeks) and samples stored for up to 5 weeks at 5° C. and 37° C. were analyzed using RP-HPLC.

The RP-HPLC profiles at time point 0 weeks included a main peak, two pre-peaks and a badly resolved postpeak. This post-peak most probably corresponded to the pyroglutamate-containing variant of IL6R304.

The RP-HPLC profiles of the reference batch and the stability samples stored for up to 5 weeks at 5° C. were found to be comparable.

In the stability samples stored at 37° C., the peak surface area of the pyroglutamate peak increased with storage time while the surface area of the main peak decreased. The total area remained unchanged.

After 5 weeks of storage at 37° C., the surface area of the two prepeaks had increased in all buffer conditions. The identity of these variants is unknown at the moment, but could correspond to degradation fragments.

There were no significant buffer-dependent differences in the RP-HPLC profiles of the different samples suggesting that chemical modifications, such as pyroglutamate formation and oxidation which are typically detected by RP-HPLC, were limited and at present unaffected by the buffer.

Example 2.7

Storage Stability Study of IL6R304 at −70° C., −20° C., 5° C., 25° C. and 37° C.

IL6R304 was formulated at 10 mg/mL in the 10 different buffers shown in Table 21, stored at −70° C., −20° C., +5° C. and +37° C. for 8 weeks and for 1 week +25° C. Stability samples were analyzed using SE-HPLC, RP-HPLC, 00280 and visual inspection. Selected samples were also analyzed using Biacore (HSA binding) and potency assays (HSA and IL-6R).

2.7.1. Storage for 8 Weeks at −70° C., −20° C., 5° C. and 1 Week at 25° C.

IL6R304 was shown to be stable after storage for 8 weeks at −70° C., −20° C., 5° C. and for 1 week at 25° C. in all 10 buffers tested. No significant differences were observed in potency, turbidity, SE-HPLC and RP-HPLC profiles between the reference material and the 10 different storage samples.

2.7.2. Storage for 8 Weeks at 37° C.

Appearance and OD280

Compared to the samples stored at −70° C., −20° C. and 5° C., turbidity was observed in the samples stored at 37° C. The absorbance values at 350 nm had increased accordingly to >0.01 AU in most buffers, although the A350/A280 ratio was still <0.05 in all buffer conditions. Despite the opacity observed in the stressed samples, the protein concentration in the samples had not decreased significantly.

SE-HPLC

Prolonged storage at 37° C. resulted in the time-dependent formation of a postpeak and prepeak. The postpeak has a retention time between 22 and 23 minutes and most likely corresponded to IL6R304 degradation fragments. The surface area of this peak however remained low (approximately 2%), suggesting only minimal degradation after 8 weeks at 37° C. The other postpeaks visible in the chromatograms were background peaks arising from the buffer components.

The SE-HPLC profile of IL6R304 at time point 0 weeks included a main peak and two minor prepeaks, which were not completely baseline-resolved. The surface area of the prepeaks increased over time and was accompanied by a concomitant decrease in surface area of the main peak. Given the relative position and heterogeneity of the prepeaks, they most likely represented dimeric and/or oligomeric forms of IL6R304. Because of this heterogeneity and the decreasing resolution between the prepeaks over time, the peaks were for simplicity integrated as a single peak.

An important observation was that the propensity to form dimers/oligomers was buffer-dependent: about 2-fold less oligomers were being formed in L-histidine buffer compared to phosphate buffer (FIG. 27, FIG. 28). The lowest amount of oligomers was observed in the trehalose-containing formulation, followed by the sucrose-containing formulation. Overall, after storage of IL6R304 at 37° C. for several weeks, the amount of oligomers present in these buffers was significantly less than observed previously in D-PBS or in L-histidine pH 6.5 devoid of any excipient.

The presence of a non-reducing sugar suppressed the extent of IL6R304 oligomerization considerably.

RP-HPLC

The RP-HPLC chromatograms from the ILR304 stability samples stored for up to 8 weeks at 37° C. are shown in FIG. 29.

The RP-HPLC profile of ILR304 at time point 0 weeks included a main peak, with 2 badly resolved shoulders eluting before the main material, a first postpeak corresponding to the pyroglutamate-containing variant of ILR304 and a second postpeak, corresponding to the ILR304 variant missing one disulphide bridge. The identity of both variants has been confirmed by LC-MS.

After storage during 1 week, the surface area of the second postpeak had decreased to a relative area % of 0, most likely due to spontaneous oxidation into the correctly folded molecule.

The surface area of the pyroglutamate peak increased with storage time while the surface area of the main peak decreased. The total surface area was not changing significantly over time or among the different buffers. FIG. 30 clearly demonstrates that the kinetics of pyroglutamate formation was different in L-histidine, pH 6.5 versus phosphate, pH 6.5. At all time points, less pyroglutamate was present in the L-histidine buffer. On the other hand, there was no correlation between the type of excipient present in the buffer and the amount of pyroglutamate being observed.

After storage for 8 weeks, two new postpeaks were being formed. The first postpeak was situated between the main peak and the pyroglutamate peak, while the second postpeak eluted just after the pyroglutamate peak. The identity of these variants is currently not known.

Capillary Isoelectric Focusing (cIEF)

cIEF integration data of IL6R304 stored for 8 weeks at 37° C. in the different buffers are shown in Table 22. The samples formulated in 15 mM L-histidine, pH 6.5 contain less charge variants compared to the phosphate buffer.

Potency Assay and Biacore

The potency of the samples stored for 8 weeks at 37° C. in buffers 1-5 was determined relative to an unstressed reference batch using the HSA-binding ELISA and the inhibition ELISA for IL-6R as described in Examples 2.1.8 and 2.1.9 (Table 23). The HSA binding functionality of the samples stored in buffers 1-10 was also analyzed using Biacore (Table 24). Samples formulated in the same buffers and stored at −70° C. were included as the reference molecules.

Whereas the potency assays showed comparable HSA and IL-6R binding potencies between the stability samples and the reference material, Biacore analysis demonstrated some differences in HSA binding activities.

Overall, the activities of the samples formulated in phosphate buffer (buffers 6-10) were lower than in L-histidine (buffers 1-5). A functionality loss of approximately 16% was observed in the buffers containing a combination of sucrose and glycine (buffer 4 and 9). The combination of sucrose and mannitol (buffer 5 and 10) showed no loss of functionality of IL6R304 in the L-histidine buffer, while a decrease of 10% was observed in the phosphate buffer. Formulations containing either mannitol, sucrose or trehalose showed an activity between 90 and 100% after storage for 8 weeks at 37° C.

General Conclusion about the Storage Stability Study at 37° C.

Storage for up to 8 weeks of IL6R304 in different formulation buffers under temperature stress conditions (37° C.) resulted in the following observations:

• • The propensity of IL6R304 to form oligomers was dependent on the buffer and excipient: about 2-fold less oligomers were being formed in L-histidine buffer compared to phosphate buffer, while the presence of a non-reducing sugar suppressed the extent of IL6R304 oligomerization even further;
  • The chemical stability of IL6R304 was better in L-histidine buffer compared to phosphate buffer;
  • The HSA binding activity was maintained longer in L-histidine buffer compared to phosphate buffer.

Example 2.8

Stability Under Stir Stress

IL6R304 was formulated at 1 mg/mL in the 10 different buffers shown in Table 21. Aliquots of 5 mL were stirred at maximum speed for up to 24 hours at 2-8° C. Samples were analyzed after 2, 4 and 24 hours of stirring.

All solutions remained clear after 2 hours of stirring (Table 25). An increase in turbidity was observed in six out of ten buffers after 4 hours. The highest opalescence was present in buffer 10. Overall, the increase in turbidity was more pronounced in the phosphate buffers (buffer 6-10). These observations were confirmed after determination of the aggregation index, defined as 100*OD350/(OD280-OD350) (FIG. 31). No soluble aggregates were observed during SE-HPLC of the different samples.

In conclusion, the stir stress data suggest a somewhat better stir stress stability of IL6R304 in L-histidine, pH 6.5 compared to phosphate buffer, pH 6.5. No significant differences were observed between the various excipients, although a slightly higher turbidity was observed in the presence of 10% trehalose and 2.5% mannitol/5% sucrose.

Example 2.9

Long-Term Stability Study at −70° C., +5° C. and +25° C.

IL6R304 batch CMC-D-0048, formulated in 15 mM L-Histidine, 8% sucrose, 0.01% Tween80 (pH6.5) at 10.52 mg/mL, was stored for 6 months at −70° C., +5° C. and +25° C. Samples were analysed after 3 and 6 months of storage by visual inspection (appearance), A280 (content), SEC-HPLC, cIEF, RP-HPLC and potency assays (IL6R inhibition assay and HSA binding assay). The results are summarized in Table 42, Table 43 and Table 44 for storage at −70° C., +5° C., and +25° C., respectively.

There were no significant changes in appearance, content, potency, cIEF and HPLC profiles between the control sample (timepoint 0 months) and all test samples stored at −70° C. or 5° C. indicating that IL6R304 is stable for at least 6 months under these conditions. Regarding the sample stored at +25° C., the following observations were made when comparing the results of the stressed samples and the control sample:

• • SE-HPLC: there is a small, yet gradual increase in the surface area of the pre peak (oligomers) and post peak (degradation fragments).
  • cIEF: a post peak is being formed which is believed to correspond to the pyroglutamate variant.
  • RP-HPLC: three new peaks are being formed, i.e. a pre peak, most likely corresponding to degradation fragments that are present in the samples (see also SEC-HPLC data) and two yet unidentified post peaks. The surface area of pre peak 2 and post peak 2 (pyroglutamate) are gradually increasing with prolonged incubation time.
  • No potency loss is observed in the samples stored for up to 6 months at +25° C.

Example 3

Formulation and Stability Studies with Nanobodies that Bind IL23

Example 3.1

Materials and Methods Used in the Study

3.1.1 Single Variable Domains

23IL0064 (SEQ ID NO: 5; EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGRIFSLPASGNIFNLLTIAWYRQAPGKG RELVATINSGSRTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKKTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCQTSGSGSPNFWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGS GGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGNSLRLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKGRFTISR DNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS GRTLSSYAMGWFRQAPGKGREFVSRISQGGTAIYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAKDPS PYYRGSAYLLSGSYDSWGQGTLVTVSS) has been described as SEQ ID NO: 2616 in WO 2009/068627. 23IL0064 consists of three humanized variable domains of a heavy-chain llama antibody: 119A3v16 and 81A12v4, binding different epitopes of IL23 p19, and the ALB8 binding HSA. 23IL0075 (SEQ ID NO: 6; EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGRIFSLPASGNIFNLLTIAWYRQAPGKGRELVATINSGSRTYYADSVK GRFTISRDNSKKTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCQTSGSGSPNFWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQP GNSLRLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPED TAVYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGRTLSSYAMGWFRQAPG KGREFVARISQGGTAIYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAKDPSPYYRGSAYLLSGSYDSWG QGTLVTVSS) has been described as SEQ ID NO: 2622 in WO 2009/068627. 23IL0075 consists of three humanized variable domains of a heavy-chain llama antibody: 119A3v16 and 81A12v5, binding different epitopes of IL23 p19, and the ALB8 binding HSA. The subunits in both Nanobodies are fused head-to-tail with a 9G/S linker.

23IL0064 (3.79 mg/mL in D-PBS) and 23IL0075 (4.21 mg/mL in D-PBS) were expressed in Pichia pastoris. After clarifying the fermentation broth via a centrifugation step, followed by a TFF step, the Nanobodies were captured on MabCapture A (Poros), followed by an elution at pH 2.6 using 100 mM glycine. A buffer switch to 1/10 D-PBS was performed, and the Nanobodies were further polished on Poros 50HS (Poros). Finally, a treatment with 50 mM OGP for LPS-removal was performed, followed by a final size exclusion step using Superdex 75 pg (GE Healthcare).

Unstressed samples in D-PBS or other formulations were used as reference material for analyzing the storage stability samples.

3.1.2 Other Critical Reagents

Reagents used in the study are given in Table 26. The complete composition of D-PBS was 137 mM NaCl, 2.7 mM KCl, 10 mM Sodium Phosphate dibasic, 2 mM Potassium Phosphate monobasic.

3.1.3 Equipment and Methods for Measurements

HPLC experiments were carried out on an Agilent 1200 series instrument from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, USA). The columns used were:

• • RP-HPLC: Zorbax 300SB-C3 5-micron, 4.6×150 mm (Agilent, Cat. No. 883995-909) and Zorbax 300SB-C8 5-micron, 4.6×150 mm (Agilent, Cat. No. 883995-906)
  • SE-HPLC: TSKgel G2000SW_XL (Tosoh Bioscience, Japan; Part#08540)
  • IEX-HPLC: ProPac WCX-10, 4×250 mm, 10 μm (Dionex)

Concentration determinations of the Nanobodies was done with Nanoprop ND-1000 (Thermoscientific), with a Uvikon 943 Spectrophotometer (Kontron Instruments) or an Eppendorf Biophotometer 6131 at 280 nm.

Particle size distribution was measured on a PAMAS SVSS-C particle counter (PArtikelMess-und AnalyseSysteme GMBH).

Osmolality measurement was done with an osmometer Model 3320 from Advanced instruments.

The thermal shift assay was performed on a LightCycler480 Q-PCR device (Roche).

For determination of the Tm, an automated VP-capillary Differential Scanning calorimeter (DSC, MicroCal) was used.

Elastic light scattering was measured in a Jasco Spectrofluorometer (FP-6500).

3.1.4 Purity Assay of the Nanobodies by Size Exclusion High Performance Liquid Chromatography (SE-HPLC)

The SE-HPLC assay consisted of a pre-packed silica gel TSKgel G2000SW_XL column equipped with a guard column pre-column filter, a mobile phase consisting of KCl, NaCl and phosphate buffer pH 7.2 (D-PBS) and UV detection at 280 nm. The relative amount of specific protein impurity was expressed as area %, and was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the specific protein impurity by the total integrated area.

3.1.5 Purity Assay of the Nanobodies by Reverses Phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography (RP-HPLC)

In the RP-HPLC assay a Zorbax 300SB-C3 column or Zorbax 300SB-C8 column (Agilent Technologies, Palo Alto, US) was used. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity was determined by measuring the light absorbance of the components eluting from the RP-HPLC column. The relative amount of a specific protein impurity, expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the impurity by the total integrated area.

3.1.6 Purity Assay of the Nanobodies by Ion Exchange High Performance Liquid Chromatography (IEX-HPLC)

The IEX-HPLC assay combined the use of a pre-packed Dionex ProPac WCX-10 weak cation exchange column, a mobile phase consisting of citrate buffer pH5.5 and UV detection at 280 nm. After loading the protein(s) on the column, bound materials were eluted by a sodium chloride gradient. The relative amount of the specific protein, variant, or impurities expressed as area %, was calculated by dividing the peak area corresponding to the specific protein or to any protein impurity by the total area of all integrated peaks.

3.1.7 Measurement of Particle Size Distribution (PAMAS)

The measurements on the PAMAS SVSS-C particle counter were performed as follows: 100 μl sample was diluted 1/10 in 1 mL MilliQ water and 10 consecutive measurements were performed in all 16 channels (diameter set 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 25, 50, 100, 150 and 200 μm). For calculation of the average value, the first 2 measurements were excluded and the dilution factor was taken into account. The results are given as cumulative data (total particle counts>x μm) or differential data (total particle counts between diameter x and y μm). Only the cumulative data are presented.

3.1.8 Capillary Isoelectric Focusing (cIEF)

Capillary Isoelectric Focusing (cIEF) is an analysis/separation technique that differentiates proteins with respect to charge, i.e., it separates proteins according to their isoelectric points (pl). The separation principle is similar to gel-based/flatbed IEF but differs mainly in its format, that is, the separation takes place in an open tube of narrow format (capillary) eliminating the need for any anticonvective matrix support. Also, cIEF is a fully automated instrument with online detection and data acquisition. A drawback of traditional cIEF in a conventional CE instrument is that the focused (stationary) zones must be mobilized past the single-point detection area in order to record the signal. During mobilization the zones may become broadened with contaminant loss of resolution and decreased detectability. Moreover, the analysis time and risk of protein aggregation/precipitation will increase. By imaging cIEF the focusing process is followed in real-time over the whole-column/capillary by a CCD camera excluding the mobilization step. As soon as the focusing process is completed the analysis run is finished.

Example 3.2

Melting Temperature of the Nanobodies

The measurement of the melting temperature of a protein in different buffers is a faster way to screen for buffers in which the protein has the highest physical stability. It is generally accepted that this will be predictive for the long term stability at lower temperatures. The melting temperature can be determined using many different techniques.

3.2.1 Melting Temperature of 23IL0064 in Different Formulation Buffers Measured by Thermal Shift Assay

We used the thermal shift assay (TSA), which measures the change in fluorescence intensity when the Sypro orange binds the hydrophobic parts of the protein that is undergoing thermal unfolding. The thermal shift assay was performed on the LightCycler480 Q-PCR device (Roche) making use of 96-well plates.

In a first study, the effect of buffer couple, ionic strength and pH on the thermodynamic stability of 23IL0064 was evaluated in a thermal shift analysis experiment. The tested buffers used are presented in Table 28. Each buffer was tested at a pH interval spanning 1 pH unit around their pKa. An overview of the results is presented in FIG. 32. The melting temperatures decreased with increasing salt concentration. Further pH 5.2 and pH 5.5 seemed less favorable compared to pH 6.2 and above. The best buffers were Hepes (pH 7 and 8) and Histidine pH 6.5. In all buffers, the addition of mannitol slightly increased the melting temperatures.

3.2.2 Melting Temperature of 231IL0064 and 23IL0075 in Different Formulation Buffers Measured by Thermal Shift Assay and Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)

23IL0064 and 23IL0075 were analyzed in parallel in different formulation and purification buffers by the thermal shift assay (TSA) (Tables 34) and DSC (Table 33). For both molecules and in all tested buffers (acetate, MES, Hepes, TRIS, and Histidine), the melting temperatures decreased with increasing NaCl concentration, and the melting temperatures were highest in the presence of mannitol.

3.2.3 Melting Temperature of 23IL0075 in a Wide Range of Formulation Buffers Measured by Thermal Shift Assay

The melting temperature for 23IL0075 in another range of buffers and a lower pH range was screened by ISA. For this, a design of experiments was set up to investigate the Tm of 231IL0075 varying the following parameters: pH range between 5 and 6, buffer concentration between 10 and 50 mM, and 4 different buffers: histidine, acetate, phosphate and succinate. A full factorial design+central composite design was performed, in total 22 different buffers were tested in 84 experiments. The experiments were divided over two 96-well plates, on the second plate the pH range was expanded to 4.8 and 6.2, and the buffer concentration to 7 and 65 mM. The phosphate buffer was only tested at pH 6 and 6.2. From the experimental results, for each buffer a model was built that was used to predict Tm's as a function of the buffer concentration and the pH. The results are shown in Table 35.

Succinate clearly had overall the lowest predicted Tm values. For acetate and histidine at low concentrations and high pH the largest predicted Tm values were obtained. In fact the model showed for all buffers highest predicted Tm values for lowest buffer concentrations. According to the Design-Expert Numerical Optimization of the model the best buffer was histidine buffer pH 6.2 (desirability 1), followed closely by acetate pH 6 (desirability 0.96) and phosphate pH 6 (desirability 0.90).

3.2.4 Confirmation of Tm by Differential Scanning Calorimetry

We confirmed the Tm determination by differential scanning calorimetry in the buffers selected in Example 3.2.3. The results are shown in the graph in FIG. 33. The trends were identical to what was observed in the TSA though the absolute values of the Tm were higher: around 62° C. in DSC compared to around 59° C. in the TSA.

3.2.5 Melting Temperature of 231IL0075 in a Range of Formulation Buffers to Explore a Wide Range of Excipients Measured by Thermal Shift Assay

A second design of experiments (DOE) was prepared to study the influence of some combinations of excipients on the thermodynamic stability of 23IL0075. The combination of a sugar or a polyol (mannitol, sucrose or sorbitol), with an amino acid (Glycine or arginine/glutamic acid mixture), and a non-ionic detergent (Tween 80, Tween 20 or P-F68) were studied. These combinations were tested in three buffers (10 mM Acetate pH 5.5, 10 mM Histidine pH 6.0 and 10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0) (see Table 35). Based on the measured melting temperatures, the optimal buffer compositions were calculated (see Table 36). Highest melting temperatures were predicted for the histidine buffer, the lowest melting temperatures for the phosphate buffer. For all three buffers sucrose came out as the best excipient, the mixture of arginine and glutamic acid as the worst. Mannitol and sorbitol, alone or in combination with glycine were also good as excipient, though always gave a little bit lower Tm than sucrose. Glycine alone was not so efficient.

Example 3.3

Solubility of the Nanobodies

3.3.1 Concentration Experiments to Determine the Solubility of 23IL0064

The IL23 Nanobody 23IL0064, respectively in D-PBS buffer, in NaPhosphate 10 mM pH 7 with 50 mM NaCl, and in L-histidine 40 mM pH 6 with 50 mM NaCl, was concentrated stepwise with a Vivaspin concentrator (Vivascience 5,000 MWCO 0.5-mL and 5-mL concentrators). During the concentration experiment, the retentate was regularly gently mixed and the concentration determined by OD280 measurements. The presence of insoluble aggregates in the retentate was verified by checking the protein concentration before and after centrifugation at maximum speed in a benchtop Eppendorf centrifuge. In all three buffers a concentration of 50 mg/mL could be reached without visual precipitation. Then the protein solution was transferred from the 5 mL to the 0.5 mL Vivaspin® concentrator and concentrated at a much higher centrifugal force (15000×g instead of 1500×g). This caused rapid further concentration, and local concentrations close to the membrane were even much higher than the average concentration measured after recovery of the retentate. In Table 27, the final concentrations achieved are summarized, obtained after pipetting up and down the retentate, and centrifugation to remove precipitate.

All samples were also analyzed by SE-HPLC. Concentrating in D-PBS buffer resulted in an increase in % pre-peak. In the 10 mM phosphate buffer and in the 40mM Histidine buffer, both with 50 mM NaCl, the SE-HPLC profile remained exactly the same at 83 and 150 mg/mL compared to the starting material (FIG. 34). A generic SE-HPLC method was used on a Phenomenex BioSep SEC S-2000 column, with D-PBS as mobile phase at 0.2 mL/min.

A sample of the concentrated 23IL0064 protein solutions was diluted to 55 mg/mL using the respective buffers for further use in the PEG precipitation method.

3.3.2 Determination of the Theoretical Solubility of 23IL0064

The theoretical solubility of 23IL0064 was determined using the PEG exclusion method in D-PBS buffer, in NaPhosphate 10 mM pH 7, NaCl 50 mM, and in L-histidine 40 mM pH 6, NaCl 50 mM. Briefly, a concentrated Nanobody solution (55 mg/mL) in the respective buffer was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature in the presence of increasing concentrations of PEG6000. After centrifugation at 20000×g for 3 minutes, log values of the [soluble protein concentration] were plotted versus PEG6000 concentration (FIG. 35). By regression analysis and extrapolation to a zero concentration of PEG6000, the theoretical maximum protein concentration (and thus solubility values) could be obtained for the Nanobody in the buffers tested.

When extrapolating from the regression plots to a zero concentration of PEG6000, a theoretical solubility value of 60 mg/mL and of 288 mg/mL was calculated for 2311.0064 in D-PBS and in 10 mM phosphate buffer/50 mM NaCl respectively. 23IL0064 showed extremely good solubility in the histidine buffer: in the experiment starting from 55 mg/mL only at a PEG concentration of 27% the protein started to precipitate slightly. Therefore the experiment was repeated with the protein dissolved at 150 mg/mL. There only at 10% PEG precipitation occurred, but then no volume was left for OD measurements. So the solubility was actually too high to obtain a value in this assay.

In conclusion highest solubility was obtained in 40 mM Histidine pH 6 with 50 mM NaCl. In phosphate buffer with 50 mM NaCl, the solubility was better than in D-PBS (with 137 mM NaCl).

3.3.3 Determination of the Theoretical Solubility of 2311.0064 and 23IL0075

The theoretical solubility was determined for 23IL0064 and 23IL0075 using the PEG exclusion method in NaPhosphate 10 mM pH7, NaCl 50 mM, and in L-histidine 40 mM pH 6, NaCl 50 mM (the same buffers as used in the previous solubility study for 23IL0064 described above). The graphs (FIG. 36 and FIG. 37) representing the protein concentration in the supernatant as a function of the % PEG concentration were very similar as obtained in the previous experiment. Again the apparent solubility in histidine was higher than in the phosphate buffer, and could not be calculated due to minimal precipitation under the protein (5 mg/mL) and PEG concentrations (26.7%) used. The calculated solubility in phosphate buffer pH 7 for 23IL0064 and 23IL0075 were lower than in the previous experiment, i.e. 55 and 42 mg/mL respectively, while we observed up to 288 mg/mL in the earlier experiment. We must stress though that these experiments were performed pipetting extremely low volumes of highly viscous solutions, and therefore the absolute numbers of solubility should be confirmed with other techniques.

Example 3.4

Stressed Stability Studies for 23IL0064 in D-PBS

An initial 37° C. stressed stability study was performed in D-PBS. The original batch was sterilized through a 0.22 μm filter and 500 μA was stored at 37° C. in 1.5 mL-eppendorf vials for each time point (4, 8, 12, 16, 20 and 24 weeks). Additionally approximately 9×100 μl was stored at −20° C. (reference). A first sample was already analyzed after 3 weeks using SE-HPLC and a pre-peak of aggregates was detected (3%) (FIG. 38). After 4 weeks at 37° C., the total peak area on SE-HPLC and on RP-HPLC was reduced to only half of the reference sample (FIGS. 38 and 39). We therefore decided to prematurely terminate the stability study. In some of the remaining samples the content was still measured by OD280 after centrifugation. The loss of material in the 4w-37° C.-sample through precipitation (all samples were centrifuged before analysis) was confirmed in the additional 3 samples stressed for 6 weeks at 37° C.: in 2 of the 3 samples half of the material was lost (Table 29).

It can be concluded that 23IL0064 in D-PBS easily formed aggregates which precipitate following storage for 4 weeks on at 37° C. In the RP-HPLC analysis of the 37° C.-stressed sample also 12% post-peak was observed corresponding to N-terminal pyro-glutamate formation (FIG. 41).

Example 3.5

Stressed Stability Study for 23110064 in Histidine Buffer

From the results described in previous Examples on the solubility, the thermal shift assay, and the 37° C.-stressed stability in D-PBS for 23IL0064, it was concluded that phosphate was not the optimal buffer for formulation of 23IL0064. In the TSA described in Example 3.2.2, we explored some potential formulation buffers and the highest Tm's were obtained in histidine pH 6.5, Hepes pH 7, and Hepes pH 8. In the solubility experiment (see Example 3.3) the solubility in a 40 mM histidine pH 6, with 50 mM NaCl was very high. We therefore decided to test the storage stability in histidine buffer. In Table 30 a list of tested formulation buffers is given. The goal of this set-up was to compare histidine pH 6.5 with histidine pH 6, investigate the influence of some commonly used excipients, and the influence of a higher concentration on the stability (difference between 5 mg/mL and 22 mg/mL). One sample in Hepes pH 8 was also included, only to be tested after 3 weeks at 37° C.

For this study, 3.2 mL of the original batch was dialyzed to the 20 mM Hepes buffer pH 8 and approximately 65 mL (approx. 246 g) was dialyzed to the 20 mM Histidine buffer pH 6.5. The excipients were added in concentrated solutions (2×), and the sample at pH 6 was prepared by adding HCl. The samples were then concentrated to approximately 5 mg/mL, sterilized through a 0.22 μm filter and aliquoted in 1.5 mL-eppendorfs (500 μL/eppendorf) for storage under the different conditions.

3.5.1 Stability During Freeze Thaw

One sample of each of above formulations in histidine was subjected to 10 freeze/thaw cycles. The samples were analyzed by RP-HPLC and OD280 content. No difference with the reference sample (one freeze/thaw) was observed.

3.5.2 Shear Stress

Two samples of each of above formulations in histidine were subjected to shear stress. The test was conducted in a cold room (4-8° C.) in small glass tubes with 300 μl of protein solution, stirred through a magnetic bar for 4 and 8 hours at a medium rotation speed.

In all samples stressed with 4 and 8 hours of shearing clear opalescence was present. This was quantified by OD280 content analysis after centrifugation of the samples. Analysis by SE-HPLC did not reveal any aggregates. RP-HPLC analysis after 4 hours of shear stress showed no degradation, but after 8 hours of stress some increase of the non-resolved pre-peak appeared, especially in the concentrated sample. Also on SDS-PAGE generally no degradation was detected. In Table 31a crude ranking based on the opalescence and material loss in the content analysis is given.

3.5.3 Storage at 4° C., 25° C. and 37° C. for 6 Weeks

The first analysis was performed after 2.5 weeks at 25° C. and 37° C. storage. The samples were analyzed on RP-HPLC (see also Table 32), SE-HPLC, SDS-PAGE and OD 280/350. Very little degradation was observed after 2.5 weeks (data not shown). The results after 6 weeks of storage at 37° C. are discussed below (for the sample in Hepes pH 8, the 2.5 weeks 37° C. results are discussed).

RP-HPLC Analysis

RP-HPLC analysis was performed mainly to detect chemical degradation. Stress at 25° C. and at 37° C. typically caused increase of the post-peak corresponding to the N-terminal pyroglutamate. This post-peak increased less in the histidine buffer pH 6 than in pH 6.5, and fastest in the Hepes buffer pH 8: e.g. after 2.5 weeks at 37° C. there was 11% pyroglutamate post peak in Hepes pH 8, 7% in histidine pH 6.5, and 5% in histidine pH 6 (data not shown).

Further a second unknown post-peak appeared. In FIG. 40 an overview of the integration data is given. In FIG. 41 an overlay between the chromatograms obtained for the different storage temperatures of 23IL0064 in histidine buffer pH 6.5 at 22 mg/mL is given.

SE-HPLC Analysis

For the samples at 5 mg/mL stressed for 6 weeks at 37° C., small amounts of aggregates (between 0.5 and 1%) were observed. The peaks were integrated. The separated pre- and postpeaks were never higher than 1 percent.

For the sample at 22.4 mg/mL however, 3% aggregates were detected in the sample stored at 37° C.

SDS-PAGE Analysis

Analysis by SDS-PAGE showed little degradation. For the samples stressed at 37° C. for 6 weeks, a slight increase in intensity of a degradation band at a Mw of approximately 27 kDa was observed and some thin bands under the main band were present (FIG. 42). No difference between the different formulation buffers was observed,

Analysis of OD280, OD350 and Sub Visible Particles

All samples in the storage stability study were further analyzed for their Nanobody content (by OD280), for their opacity (by OD350), and to detect subvisible particles (by PAMAS). Very similar results were obtained between the reference and the different temperature storage samples (data not shown).

Example 3.6

Elastic Light Scattering

The tendency for aggregate formation of 23IL0075 in the different formulation buffers was determined using elastic light scattering measured at an angle of 90° by temperature-induced denaturation as measured in the Jasco Spectrofluorometer (excitation and emission wavelength 500 nm). First we looked for the optimal protein concentration, using the 10 mM phosphate buffer pH 6.0. At concentrations of 175 μg/mL 23IL0075 or lower no increase in scatter intensity was seen in the tested temperature interval: (45-95° C.). Only at 250 μg/mL scatter was observed. The curve seemed to display two transitions, which could indicate the formation of two different types of aggregates (see FIG. 43).

The experiment was repeated for the acetate and the histidine buffers, both at pH 6.0. The aggregation onset temperatures in the three buffers were very similar (Table 37). The main difference between the three buffers was the maximum scatter: it stayed within detector range (around 435 abs) for histidine while it went out of range in the phosphate as well as in the acetate buffers (FIGS. 44 and 45). In histidine the second transition was absent (FIG. 46). As the scatter is proportional to the level of aggregates formed, this indicated that the 10 mM histidine would be a more optimal formulation buffer than 10 mM acetate and 10 mM phosphate pH 6.

Example 3.7

Freeze/Thaw and Shear Stress Study on 23IL0075 in a Histidine, Acetate and Phosphate Formulation Buffer with Mannitol or a Mixture of a Mannitol and Glycine as Excipients, and a Non-Ionic Detergent as Surfactant

The sensitivity of 23IL0075 to freeze/thawing and to shear or stirring has been investigated in different candidate formulation buffers (see Table 38). The freeze/thaw stress study consisted of 10 cycles: 100 μl sample in an eppendorf tube was frozen at −20° C. until completely frozen, and thawed at room temperature for 30 minutes followed by gentle mixing. The shear stress test was conducted in a cold room (4-8° C.) in small glass tubes with 150 μl of protein solution; the protein solution was stirred through a magnetic bar for 4 hours at a medium rotation speed. All samples were analyzed by RP-HPLC, SE-HPLC and OD500, some samples also by Biacore. On RP-HPLC, no influence of shear or freeze/thaw was detected.

On SE-HPLC, dependent on the formulation buffer, freeze/thaw stress caused an increase in % pre-peak up to 2.5% (FIG. 47 (B)). A mixture of mannitol and glycine protected better against freeze/thaw stress than only mannitol as excipient (FIG. 47).

In the shear stressed samples hardly any increase in % pre-peak on SE-HPLC was detected but up to 10 times more opalescence (OD500) was measured than in the freeze/thaw samples. Optical density at 500 nm (OD500) increased in the stirred samples and correlated with the opalescence in the samples. We conclude that in the histidine buffer with 0.05% Poloxamer or with 0.005% Tween 80 the opalescence remained lowest (FIG. 48).

Example 3.8

Freeze/Thaw, Shear Stress and Temperature Stress (37° C.) Stability Study for 23IL0075 in a Histidine Formulation Buffer with Different Combinations of Excipients

Based on the conclusions of Example 3.7, we further tested freeze/thaw, shear stress and temperature stress (37° C.) stability in different histidine formulation buffers (FIG. 49 and FIG. 50). Different excipients were tested in a formulation with 25 mg/mL of protein. An overview of the formulation buffers tested in F/T and storage stability is presented in Table 39. In FIG. 49 the results of OD500 measurements and SE-HPLC after freeze/thaw stress are presented. A negligible increase of OD500 was observed. In SE-HPLC, we saw an increase of oligomers only for the sample with 5.4% mannitol as excipient. Table 40 presents the tested buffers for shear stress. Here no detergents were included, to mimic the situation during the final concentration step of the DSP process. In FIG. 50 the OD500, SE-HPLC and Biacore results obtained after 4 hours of stirring of the formulation are presented. Stirring of the sample caused increase in OD500 absorption, but no influence on the % soluble oligomers as measured by SE-HPLC. These samples were also tested for albumin binding on Biacore. We conclude that the protein was best protected against the shear stress by 10% sucrose, followed by a mixture of mannitol and glycine as excipients. By comparison of the values with the values of Example 3.7, we see that the results were reproducible, and that for the shear stress the addition of some detergent was beneficial.

The accelerated stability samples at 25 mg/mL in the different candidate formulation buffers were analyzed by OD500, SE-HPLC and RP-HPLC after 3 and 6 weeks storage. In SE-HPLC, the increase of oligomers was only seen at 37° C. (FIG. 51). In RP-HPLC the post-peak corresponding to the pyroglutamate increased from 3% to 4% after 6 weeks storage at 25° C., but to on average 9% after 6 weeks at 37° C. In Table 41 the RP-HPLC and SE-HPLC results after 3 and 6 weeks storage at 37° C. and 6 weeks at 25° C. are shown. The OD500 values remained for all buffers (except one outlier) below 0.01.

Tables

TABLE 1
Overview of the different formulation buffers of RANKL008a used
in stability testing.
	Concentration		[NaCl]	Mannitol
Buffer	RANKL008a (mg/mL)	Buffer	(mM)	% (w:v)
1	60	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	50	0
2	60	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	100	0
3	60	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	0	10
4	59	10 mM Na-acetate, pH 5.5	50	0
5	59	10 mM Na-acetate, pH 5.5	100	0
6	59	10 mM Na-acetate, pH 5.5	0	10
7	60	20 mM L-histidine, pH 5.5	50	0
8	60	20 mM L-histidine, pH 5.5	100	0
9	60	20 mM L-histidine, pH 5.5	0	10
10	58	20 mM L-histidine, pH 6	50	0
11	58	20 mM L-histidine, pH 6	100	0
12	58	20 mM L-histidine, pH 6	0	10
13	84.3	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	100	0
14	70	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	0	5

TABLE 2
Relative potencies of HSA and RANKL binding moieties of
RANKL008a after 10 F/T cycles as determined by the
ELISA potency assays (inhibition and HSA binding).
	Relative potency
	(relative to
	reference material)
	Buffer	RANKL	HSA
	Phosphate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 7	0.904	0.767
	Phosphate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 7	0.966	0.672
	Phosphate + 10% Mannitol, pH 7	0.956	0.715
	Acetate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	1.033	0.747
	Acetate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	0.905	0.705
	Acetate + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	0.878	0.737
	Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	0.724	0.723
	Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	0.719	0.670
	Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	0.692	0.572
	Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 6	0.927	0.768
	Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 6	0.923	0.680
	Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 6	0.882	0.754

TABLE 3
Integration data (% of total surface area) of the different peaks observed in the SE-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a after 10 F/T cycles or stored
at 37° C. in different formulation buffers at all time points tested and in comparison with each control sample (each buffer).
								Histidine	Histidine	Histidine
		Phosphate pH 7	Phosphate pH 7	Phosphate pH 7			Acetate pH 5.5	pH 5.5	pH 5.5	pH 5.5			Histidine pH 6
		50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	10% Mannitol	Acetate pH 5.5	Acetate pH 5.5	10% Mannitol	50 mM	100 mM	10% Mannitol	Histidine pH 6	Histidine pH 6	10% Mannitol
SE-HPLC	Sample	60 mg/ml	60 mg/ml	60 mg/ml	50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	59 mg/ml	NaCl	NaCl	60 mg/ml	50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	58 mg/ml
%	control	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Prepeak	10 F/T	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	5.6	6.9	1.3	4.6	6.3	2.3	5.5	7.5	0.54	6.3	7.7	0.63
	3 w 37° C.	4.4	6.2	0.65	3.9	5.9	0.18	5.6	7.9	0.34	7.0	8.6	0.39
	5 w 37° C.	13.7	15.8	3.9	11.5	14.2	1.22	14.0	17.1	1.5	16.2	17.4	2.0
	10 w 37° C.	23.8	25.3	11.1	21.0	23.9	3.4	27.2	27.8	5.4	26.8	27.0	7.3
%	control	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100*	100	100	100*
Main peak	10 F/T	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100	100
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	93.5	92.2	97.9	94.8	93.1	98.8	94.0	92.1	98.8	93.1	91.5	96.7
	3 w 37° C.	93.7	92.0	95.2	95.0	92.8	96.9	93.4	91.5	98.6	91.3	90.2	98.8
	5 w 37° C.	81.14	78.87	91.52	87.38	84.63	97.87	84.85	81.73	97.49	82.22	81.19	96.76
	10 w 37° C.	69.2	68.0	80.5	77.5	74.7	95.1	71.3	73.5	93.1	71.3	71.2	91.0
%	control	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Postpeak 1	10 F/T	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	3 w 37° C.	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	5 w 37° C.	3.16	3.36	3.12	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	10 w 37° C.	3.7	3.5	5.0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
%	control	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Postpeak 2	10 F/T	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	0.23	0.27	0.19	0.23	0.26	0.19	0.19	0.17	0.19	0.20	0.23	0.18
	3 w 37° C.	0.57	0.58	0.31	0.49	0.53	0.27	0.48	0.55	0.27	0.54	0.5	0.27
	5 w 37° C.	0.41	0.47	0.27	0.37	0.39	0.25	0.45	0.29	0.23	0.52	0.42	0.37
	10 w 37° C.	0.5	0.5	0.3	0.4	0.4	0.2	0.4	0.5	0.2	0.4	0.4	0.3
%	control	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Postpeak 3	10 F/T	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	0.62	0.64	0.60	0.37	0.41	0.46	0.31	0.26	0.37	0.40	0.58	0.53
	3 w 37° C.	1.15	1.25	1.07	0.52	0.64	0.61	0.49	0.55	0.57	1.12	0.71	0.56
	5 w 37° C.	1.59	1.50	1.49	0.75	0.78	0.66	0.70	0.88	0.78	1.06	0.99	0.87
	10 w 37° C.	2.7	2.6	3.1	1.1	1.0	1.3	1.1	1.3	1.3	1.5	1.4	1.5

TABLE 4
Integration data (% of total surface area) of the different peaks observed in the RP-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a after 10 F/T cycles or stored
at 37° C. in different formulation buffers at all time points tested and in comparison with each control sample (each buffer).
										Histidine			Histidine
		Phosphate pH 7	Phosphate pH 7	Phosphate pH 7	Acetate	Acetate	Acetate pH 5.5	Histidine	Histidine	pH 5.5	Histidine		pH 6 10%
		50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	10% Mannitol	pH 5.5	pH 5.5	10% Mannitol	pH 5.5	pH 5.5	10% Mannitol	pH 6	Histidine pH 6	Mannitol
RP-HPLC	Sample	60 mg/ml	60 mg/ml	60 mg/ml	50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	59 mg/ml	50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	60 mg/ml	50 mM NaCl	100 mM NaCl	58 mg/ml
%	control	0.25	0.14	0	0	0	ND	0	0	0	0	0	0
Prepeak 1	10 F/T	0.20	0.08	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	3 w 37° C.	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	5 w 37° C.	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	10 w	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	37° C.
%	Control	0	0	0	0	0	ND	0	0	0	0	0	0
Prepeak 2	10 F/T	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	1.10	1.00	1.10	0.78	0.82	0.78	0.82	0.72	0.76	0.76	0.79	0.87
	3 w 37° C.	1.6	1.4	1.8	0.7	0.8	0.9	0.7	0.9	0.9	0.7	0.9	0.9
	5 w 37° C.	2.1	2.0	2.3	1.0	0.9	1.1	1.1	1.2	1.2	1.2	1.1	1.5
	10 w	3.4	2.9	3.7	1.5	1.5	1.9	1.6	1.7	2.0	2.0	1.9	2.1
	37° C.
%	Control	96.6	96.7	96.7	96.8	97.0	ND	96.5	96.6	96.4	96.7	96.8	96.8
Main peak	10 F/T	96.7	96.6	95.9	97.0	96.7	96.6	97.0	95.8	96.5	96.4	96.8	96.8
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	93.7	94.0	93.5	95.8	96.0	95.6	96.0	95.7	95.9	95.6	95.7	95.5
	3 w 37° C.	92.3	92.7	91.9	95.7	95.5	95.4	95.6	95.4	95.3	95.6	95.5	95.5
	5 w 37° C.	90.2	90.3	89.1	94.8	95.1	94.7	94.7	94.6	94.8	94.4	94.7	94.0
	10 w	84.1	85.4	83.4	93.5	93.3	92.7	93.3	93.3	92.4	93.1	92.3	92.0
	37° C.
%	Control	3.2	3.1	3.3	3.2	2.9	ND	3.5	3.0	3.6	3.3	3.2	3.2
Pyroglut.	10 F/T	3.1	3.3	4.0	3.3	3.2	3.4	3.0	3.3	3.5	3.6	3.2	3.2
	cycles
	2 w 37° C.	5.1	4.7	5.4	3.4	3.2	3.6	3.2	3.5	3.4	3.6	3.5	3.6
	3 w 37° C.	6.1	6.0	6.3	3.6	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.7	3.6	3.6	3.6
	5 w 37° C.	7.7	7.7	8.6	4.1	3.9	4.2	4.2	4.3	4.1	4.4	4.1	4.4
	10 w	12.5	11.7	12.9	5.0	5.2	5.5	5.2	5.1	5.5	4.8	5.8	5.9
	37° C.

TABLE 5
Integration data (% of total surface area) of the different peaks
observed in the IEX-HPLC chromatograms of RANKL008a
stored for 10 weeks at 37° C. in different formulation buffers.
	% Main	% Post	% Post
Buffer	peak	peak 1	peak 2
Phosphate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 7	69.6	4.4	26.0
Phosphate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 7	67.0	4.5	28.1
Phosphate + 10% Mannitol, pH 7	84.6	3.2	12.1
Acetate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	72.8	2.7	24.4
Acetate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	69.6	2.8	27.6
Acetate + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	95.4	0	4.6
Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	66.0	2.8	31.2
Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	68.1	2.8	29.0
Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	92.8	0	7.2
Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 6	67.4	2.6	30.1
Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 6	67.0	2.6	30.4
Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 6	88.8	2.6	9.0

TABLE 6
Relative potencies of the HSA and RANKL binding moieties of
RANK1008a after 10 weeks at 37° C. as measured by
Biacore analysis.
	Relative potency
	Buffer	RANKL	HSA
	Phosphate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 7	81.0	57.4
	Phosphate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 7	78.6	56.6
	Phosphate + 10% Mannitol, pH 7	76.3	66.8
	Acetate + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	80.1	63.0
	Acetate + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	78.0	59.0
	Acetate + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	80.9	79.4
	Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	80.2	59.7
	Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 5.5	73.1	55.0
	Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 5.5	75.2	73.6
	Histidine + 50 mM NaCl, pH 6	79.1	59.3
	Histidine + 100 mM NaCl, pH 6	78.3	57.5
	Histidine + 10% Mannitol, pH 6	87.4	83.4

TABLE 7
Visual inspection and content determination of RANKL008a after
dilution to 0.28 mg/mL in different diluents and passage/storage
in syringes (refer to FIG. 9).
		content
		(mg/mL) (95%
Sample*	visual inspection	confidence interval
0028 SALINE TUB	small precipitates	0.265 (0.261-0.270)
0028 SALINE SYR S25/0	small precipitates	0.263 (0.261-0.265)
0028 SALINE SYR S25/24	small precipitates	0.259 (0.256-0.262)
0028 PLACEBO − TW	small precipitates	0.272 (0.271-0.273)
TUB
0028 PLACEBO − TW	small precipitates	0.268 (0.267-0.269)
SYR S25/0
0028 PLACEBO − TW	small precipitates	0.268 (0.259-0.276)
SYR S25/24
0028 PLACEBO + TW TUB	clear	0.281 (0.281-0.281)
0028 PLACEBO + TW	slightly turbid	0.280 (0.278-0.282)
SYR S25/0
0028 PLACEBO + TW	slightly turbid	0.279 (0.277-0.281)
SYR S25/24
*S25/0: storage at 25° C. for 0 minute
S25/24: storage at 25° C. for 24 h
−TW: buffer minus Tween 80
+TW: buffer + Tween 80
PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na2HPO4 pH 7.0 + 115 mM NaCl
TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube

TABLE 8
Visual inspection, content (confidence interval) and turbidity of
RANKL008a diluted to 0.28 mg/mL before (TUB) and after
passage through syringes with different needle size as described
in Example 1.8.
		content
		(mg/mL) (95%	OD	OD
	visual	confidence	320/278	350/278
Sample*	inspection	interval)	ratio	ratio
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.288 (0.275-0.301)	0.0010	0.0019
TW TUB
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.285 (0.284-0.286)	0.0003	0.0000
TW 18G/18G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.288 (0.271-0.307)	0.0000	0.0000
TW 18G/23G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.285 (0.279-0.290)	0.0000	0.0002
TW 18G/27G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.286 (0.285-0.287)	0.0005	0.0002
TW 18G/30G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.287 (0.285-0.289)	0.0005	0.0007
TW 23G/23G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.285 (0.284-0.286)	0.0001	0.0005
TW 27G/27G
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.287 (0.280-0.294)	0.0007	0.0019
TW 30G/30G
*+TW: buffer + Tween 80
PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na2HPO4 pH 7.0 + 115 mM NaCl
TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube
18G/18G: sample drawn up with a 18G needle and expelled through a 18G needle
18G/27G: drawn up with a 18G needle and expelled through a 27G needle
All other coding is similar to the two examples given above

TABLE 9
Visual inspection, content (with 95% confidence interval) and
turbidity of RANKL008a before (TUB) and after passage
through syringes with different needle size as described in
Example 1.7 at a concentration of 0.28 mg/mL or about 65 mg/mL.
		content
		(mg/mL) (95%	OD	OD
	visual	confidence	320/278	350/278
Sample*	inspection	interval)	ratio	ratio
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.284 (0.283-0.285)	0.0014	0.0010
TW TUB
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.284 (0.283-0.285)	0.0031	0.0021
TW 27G/27G (3x)
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.282 (0.280-0.284)	0.0024	0.0010
TW 29G/29G B
0028 PLACEBO +	clear	0.283 (0.282-0.284)	0.0041	0.0033
TW 29G/29G T
6500 PLACEBO +	clear	63.5 (62.4-64.6)	0.0019	0.0006
TW TUB
6500 PLACEBO +	clear	62.9 (62.7-63.1)	0.0015	0.0008
TW 27G/27G (3x)
*+TW: buffer + Tween 80
PLACEBO refers to the following buffer: 10 mM Na2HPO4 pH 7.0 + 115 mM NaCl
TUB: sample stored in a polystyrene tube
27G/27G: sample drawn up with a 27G needle and expelled through a 27G needle
29G/29G: drawn up with a 29G needle and expelled through a 29G needle
T: Terumo needle, B Becton Dickinson needle 0028 refers to concentration at 0.28 mg/mL, 6500 to 65 mg/mL

TABLE 10
Protein sequences of Nanobodies used in Example 2
IL6R304, SEQ ID NO: 1
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGSVFKINVMAWYRQAPGKGRELVAGIISGGSTSYADSVKGRFTISRDNA
KNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAFITTESDYDLGRRYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGNSL
RLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPEDTA
VYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTLVTVSS
IL6R305, SEQ ID NO: 2
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGSVFKINVMAWYRQAPGKGRELVAGIISGGSTSYADSVKGRFTISRDNA
KNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAFITTESDYDLGRRYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSL
RLSCAASGSVFKINVMAWYRQAPGKGRELVAGIISGGSTSYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAV
YYCAFITTESDYDLGRRYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGNSLRLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSW
VRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTL
VTVSS
IL6R306, SEQ ID NO: 3
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGSVFKINVMAWYRQAPGKGRELVAGIISGGSTSYADSVKGRFTISRDNA
KNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAFITTESDYDLGRRYWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGNSL
RLSCAASGFTFSSFGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSSISGSGSDTLYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKTTLYLQMNSLRPEDTA
VYYCTIGGSLSRSSQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGSEVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGSVFKINVMAWYRQAPG
KGRELVAGIISGGSTSYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRPEDTAVYYCAFITTESDYDLGRRYWGQGTL
VTVSS

TABLE 11
Overview of the IL6R batches used in the formulation and stability
studies described in Example 2.
Batch no.	Nanobody	Buffer	Concentration
P#051108nr1	IL6R304	PBS	4.58 mg/mL
P#051108nr2	IL6R305	PBS	3.46 mg/mL
P#051108nr2	IL6R306	PBS	5.65 mg/mL
B5#030309nr1.5-9	IL6R304	25 mM hepes, pH 7.5,	3.79 mg/mL
		100 mM NaCl
B5#060509nr1	IL6R304	25 mM hepes, pH 7.5,	4.6 mg/mL
		100 mM NaCl

TABLE 12
Reagents used in the formulation and stability study
described in Example 2
Reagent	Provider	Cat No.
ACN, HPLC grade	Biosolve	Cat. No. 012007
TFA	Biosolve	Cat. No. 20234131
Isopropanol, HPLC grade	Biosolve	Cat. No. 162606
MilliQ grade water
D-PBS	Gibco	Cat. No. 14190-094
NaCl	Merck	Cat. No. 1.06404.1000
Gel filtration standard	Bio-Rad	Cat. No. 151-1901
HSA	Sigma	Cat. No. A3782
L-histidine	Fluka	Cat. No. 53319
D-Mannitol	Fluka	Cat. No. 17311
Sucrose	Fluka	Cat. No. 18219
Glycine	Fluka	Cat. No. 50058
Tween-80	Merck	Cat. No. K351 65661 609
L-histidine-HCl monohydrate	Sigma	Cat. No. 53369
Succinic acid disodium	Fluka	Cat. No. 14158
hexahydrate
Trizma base	Sigma	Cat. No. T6066-5
Sorbitol	Fluka	Cat. No. 85529
Xylitol	Sigma	Cat. No. X3375-100g
Ribitol	Fluka	Cat. No. 02240
L-Arginine	Fluka	Cat. No. 11009
MES	Sigma	Cat. No. M3671
Sodium dihydrogenphosphate	Merck	Cat. No. 1.06345.1000
Disodium hydrogenphosphate	Merck	Cat. No. 1.06576.1000

TABLE 13
Summary of the results from the TSA assay. The Tm values obtained in the different buffer
are coded from white to dark grey, i.e. from higher to lower Tm values.
	pH
	Histidine pH6.5	Hepes pH8	Phos.	Succinate	Histidine pH5.5	Tris pH7
Buffer	Hepes pH7	Phos. pH6.7	pH7.7	pH6.2	Succinate pH5.2	PBS
NaCl	0	100	200	300	400	500
Mannitol	7.5%	5%	2.5%	0
Sucrose	10%	5%
Glycine	200 mM	100 mM

TABLE 14
Overview of the Tm values obtained by DSC using IL6R304.
	Tm	Tm
	(° C.) in	(° C.) in	Tm (° C.) in	Tm (° C.) in
	0 mM	25 mM	100 mM	500 mM
Buffer	NaCl	NaCl	NaCl	NaCl
25 mM citrate pH 3.5	50.21	/	/	/
25 mM acetate pH 5.5	61.30	61.21	60.19	58.59
25 mM MES pH 6.0	62.52	61.83	60.60	58.66
25 mM hepes pH 7.0	62.48	62.27	61.13	59.24
25 mM phosphate pH 7.0	60.70	/	/	/
25 mM Tris pH 7.5	61.82	61.82	60.91	59.43

TABLE 15
Overview of the Tm results obtained by DSC and TSA using IL6R304
formulated in different buffers.
	DSC	TSA
	Tm (° C.)	Tm (° C.)	Tm (° C.)	Tm (° C.)
	15 mM L-	15 mM	in 15 mM	15 mM
	histidine,	phosphate,	L-histidine,	phosphate,
Excipient(s)	pH 6.5	pH 6.5	pH 6.5	pH 6.5
/	ND	ND	61.09*/61.11**	60.48/60.48
5% mannitol	64.74	63.81	61.91/61.87	61.34/61.31
10% sucrose	65.40	64.35	62.78/63.20	62.34/62.78
10% trehalose	65.28	64.51	62.78/63.59	63.17/63.61
2.5%	64.37	63.83	61.52/61.91	61.53/61.30
mannitol +
2.5% sucrose
2.5% sorbitol +	64.65	63.85	62.34/62.34	62.77/62.77
2.5% trehalose
2.5% sorbitol +	64.83	64.33	62.33/62.35	63.19/62.96
2.5%
trehalose +
1.5 mM
Glycine
10%	Run	63.77	ND	ND
trehalose +	failure
0.01% Tween-
80
*measurement 1,
**measurement 2

TABLE 16
Visual appearance, UV spectroscopy and PAMAS data demonstrating
a higher solubility for IL6R304 in the presence of Tween 80.
	IL6R304 (2 mg/mL)
	stored for 4 days at 5° C.
		PBS + 0.1% Tween	PBS + 0.2% Tween
	PBS	80	80
Appearance	Turbid,	Clear, colorless	Clear, colorless
	opaque
A320/A280	0.014	0.012	0.009
Sub-visible particle
counts/100 μl
>1 μm	157.557	42.243	52.157
>2 μm	69.471	19.514	21.429
>3 μm	43.371	12.043	12.743
>4 μm	29.757	8.329	8.600
>5 μm	18.300	4.971	4.800
>6 μm	11.814	3.114	3.143
>7 μm	8.300	2.300	2.186
>8 μm	5.900	1.671	1.500
>9 μm	4.543	1.214	1.086
>10 μm	3.400	971	800
>15 μm	800	271	300
>25 μm	200	100	86
>50 μm	114	29	14
>100 μm	86	0	14
>150 μm	71	0	14
>200 μm	71	0	14

TABLE 17
Overview of the different formulation buffers used in initial
stability testing of IL6R304, IL6R305 and IL6R306.
Condition	Buffer	[NaCl]	Mannitol
1	PBS	0 mM	0%
2	PBS	0 mM	5%
3	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	100 mM	0%
4	10 mM NaH2PO4•2H2O, pH 7	100 mM	5%
5	10 mM Na-acetate, pH 5.5	100 mM	0%
6	10 mM Na-acetate, pH 5.5	100 mM	5%
7	20 mM L-histidine, pH 6	100 mM	0%
8	20 mM L-histidine, pH 6	100 mM	5%

TABLE 18
Overview of the different formulation buffers used in stability
testing of IL6R304.
	Concen-		%
	tration		Tween	%	%	mM
Buffer	IL6R304	Buffer	80	Mannitol	Sucrose	Glycine
1	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	/	/	/	/
		histidine
2	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.01	/	/	/
		histidine
3	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	/	/	/
		histidine
4	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	5	/	/
		histidine
5	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	5	/	200
		histidine
6	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	2.5	/	100
		histidine
7	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	/	10	/
		histidine
8	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	/	/	200
		histidine
9	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	/	5	100
		histidine
10	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	2.5	5	/
		histidine
11	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	/	2.5	5	100
		histidine
12	10 mg/mL	20 mM L-	0.05	2.5	5	100
		histidine

TABLE 19
Methods used for assessing the stability of IL6R304 at different time
points (represented as x weeks or w) after storage at
5° C. and 37° C.
	Ref.	Stress condition
Method	Purpose	material	5° C.	37° C.
A280	Content	0 w	1, 2 and 5 w	1, 2, 3 and 5 w
Appearance	Precipitation	0 w	1, 2 and 5 w	1, 2, 3 and 5 w
RP-HPLC	Purity/	0 w	1, 2 and 5 w	1, 2, 3 and 5 w
	variants
SE-HPLC	Purity/	0 w	1, 2 and 5 w	1, 2, 3 and 5 w
	aggregation/
	hydrolysis
Biacore	Potency	0 w	5 w	5 w
	(HSA binding)
Osmolality	Characteristic	0 w	/	/

TABLE 20
Overview of the SE-HPLC integration results after storage
for 6 months at 37° C.
Buffer	% pre peak 1	% pre peak 2	% main peak	% post peak
Ref	0.52	0.17	99.3	0
Buffer 1	ND	ND	ND	ND
Buffer 2	20.4	2.1	73.4	4.1
Buffer 3	ND	ND	ND	ND
Buffer 4	18.1	1.7	76.0	4.2
Buffer 5	22.2	2.0	71.4	4.4
Buffer 6	21.4	1.7	72.7	4.2
Buffer 7	15.1	0	80.5	4.4
Buffer 8	21.1	2.4	72.0	4.5
Buffer 9	16.7	2.7	76.3	4.3
Buffer 10	15.8	1.9	77.9	4.4
Buffer 11	17.5	2.0	76.4	4.2
Buffer 12	16.8	3.3	75.7	4.2

TABLE 21
Overview of the different formulation buffers tested in the stability study.
Nr.	Conc.	Buffer	Mannitol	Sucrose	Trehalose	Glycine	Tween-80
1	10 mg/mL	15 mM L-histidine, pH6.5	5%				0.01%
2	10 mg/mL	15 mM L-histidine, pH6.5		10%			0.01%
3	10 mg/mL	15 mM L-histidine, pH6.5			10%		0.01%
4	10 mg/mL	15 mM L-histidine, pH6.5		7.5%		0.35%	0.01%
5	10 mg/mL	15 mM L-histidine, pH6.5	2.5%	5%			0.01%
6	10 mg/mL	15 mM phosphate, pH6.5	5%				0.01%
7	10 mg/mL	15 mM phosphate, pH6.5		10%			0.01%
8	10 mg/mL	15 mM phosphate, pH6.5			10%		0.01%
9	10 mg/mL	15 mM phosphate, pH6.5		7.5%		0.35%	0.01%
10	10 mg/mL	15 mM phosphate, pH6.5	2.5%	5%			0.01%

TABLE 22
cIEF integration data of IL6R304 stored for 8 weeks at
37° C. in the different buffers
		% pre peak		% post peak
	Buffer	(acidic variants)	% main peak	(basic variants)
	1	5.5	81.3	13.0
	2	5.0	81.5	13.5
	3	6.1	79.7	14.2
	4	5.7	81.2	13.2
	5	5.1	81.2	13.7
	6	9.0	71.6	19.3
	7	9.9	70.5	19.6
	8	8.3	71.8	19.9
	9	11.7	68.5	19.8
	10	8.7	70.5	20.2

TABLE 23
Relative potency of IL6R304 after 8 weeks at +37° C.
compared to B5#030309nr2.3-5.
Buffer	HSA	IL-6R
1	1.080 (0.954-1.223)	1.153 (0.957-1.389)
2	0.975 (0.887-1.072)	0.980 (0.760-1.263)
3	1.038 (0.952-1.132)	1.117 (0.910-1.372)
4	1.182 (1.074-1.300)	1.061 (0.908-1.240)
5	1.080 (1.004-1.161)	1.082 (0.925-1.266)

TABLE 24
Summary of the Biacore results for HSA binding of the stability
samples stored for 8 weeks at 37° C., expressed as % activity
compared to the equivalent sample stored at −70° C.
Buffer % activity compared to reference
1      97.5
2      93.2
3      92.5
4      83.9
5      101.9
6      92.2
7      89.4
8      99.0
9      84.3
10     89.6

TABLE 25
Appearance of IL6R304 after 0, 2, 4 and 24 hours of stirring at 2-8° C.
Buffer	0 hrs	2 hrs	4 hrs	24 hrs
1	clear	clear	clear	clear/slightly opalescent
2	clear	clear	clear	clear/slightly opalescent
3	clear	clear	slightly opalescent	slightly opalescent
4	clear	clear	clear	clear/slightly opalescent
5	clear	clear	slightly opalescent	slightly opalescent
6	clear	clear	slightly opalescent	opalescent
7	clear	clear	slightly opalescent	opalescent
8	clear	clear	slightly opalescent	highly opalescent
9	clear	clear	clear	opalescent
10	clear	clear	opalescent	opalescent

TABLE 26
Reagents used in the formulation and stability
study described in Examples 3.
Reagent	Provider	Cat No.
ACN, HPLC grade	Biosolve	Cat. No. 012007
TFA	Biosolve	Cat. No. 20234131
N-propanol, HPLC grade	Sigma-Aldrich	Cat. No. 34871
MilliQ grade water
D-PBS	Invitrogen	Cat. No. 14190
NaCl	Merck	Cat. No. 1.06404.1000
Gel filtration standard	Bio-Rad	Cat. No. 151-1901
HSA	Sigma	Cat. No. A3782
L-histidine	Fluka	Cat. No. 53319
D-Mannitol	Fluka	Cat. No. 17311
Sucrose	Fluka	Cat. No. 18219
Glycine	Fluka	Cat. No. 50058
Tween 80	Merck	Cat. No. K351 65661 609

TABLE 27
Final concentrations obtained after concentration of 23IL0064 using Vivaspin filters.
The filtration was stopped at the moment the final volume became limited (100 to
200 μL) and protein loss occurred. All samples were analyzed by SE-HPLC:
the percent pre-peak (% of total surface area) represent aggregates in the sample.
	start conditions	after ULTRAFILTRATION
		% pre-peak		% pre-peak
buffer condition	concentration	in SE-HPLC	concentration	in SE-HPLC	% recovery
D-PBS	3.8 mg/mL	2.80%	110 mg/mL	6.30%	42%(1)
50 mM NaCl,	3.4 mg/mL	2.70%	83 mg/mL	2.80%	66%(1)
10 mM Phosphate pH 7
50 mM NaCl,	3.4 mg/mL	2.70%	150 mg/mL	2.70%	59%(1)
40 mM Histidine pH 6
(1)Low recoveries can be due to local concentration effects obtained during the dead-end ultrafiltration set-up.

TABLE 28
Buffers tested in a thermal shift assay for 23IL0064.
			Con-
			cen-
			tration
Buffer	pKa	pH	(mM)	mM NaCl	% mannitol
Succinate	5.64 (pK2)	5.2	20	0	0-2.5-5-7.5
		6.2		50-150-300-500	0
Histidine	6.04 (pK2)	5.5	20	0	0-2.5-5-7.5
		6.5		50-150-300-500	0
Phosphate	7.20 (pK2)	6.7	20	0	0-2.5-5-7.5
		7.7		50-150-300-500	0
hepes	7.48	7.0	20	0	0-2.5-5-7.5
		8.0		50-150-300-500	0

TABLE 29
Concentrations measured by Nanodrop (average of 2 measurements)
in the samples stressed at 37° C. The concentration was
determined after a short high speed spin (1 min at 15000xg)
P23IL0064 Samples (4 mg/mL in D-PBS) Concentration (mg/mL)
Reference (−20° C.)              4.05
3 weeks 37° C. (label 24 w)      3.99
4 weeks 37° C. (label 4 w)       2.0
6 weeks 37° C. (label 8 w)       2.30
6 weeks 37° C. (label 12 w)      4.11
6 weeks 37° C. (label 16 w)      2.33

TABLE 30
Buffers tested in stressed stability for 23IL0064.
			Excipient/	Time point	Storage
Buffer	pH	Concentration*	surfactant	analyzed	Temp.
Hepes 20 mM	8	5 mg/mL		2.5 w	37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	5 mg/mL		2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	22 mg/mL**		2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6	5 mg/mL		2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	5 mg/mL	0.02% Tween 80	2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	5 mg/mL	8% mannitol	2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	5 mg/mL	8% sucrose	2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
His 20 mM	6.5	5 mg/mL	1.5% glycine	2.5 w/6 w	4-25-37°	C.
*The exact concentrations used in the study ranged between 4.9 and 5.1 mg/mL
**Labeled as ‘HIGH CONC’ in figures, actual conc. was 22.36 mg/mL.

TABLE 31
Crude ranking of the degree of opalescence and material loss
induced by shear stress for 23IL0064 in different formulation buffers.
5 mg/mL	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 + 8% sucrose	Lower
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 + 8% mannitol	|
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.0	|
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 + 1.5% glycine	|
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 + 0.02% Tween 80	|
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5	↓
	20 mM Histidine pH 6.5 CONC (22.36 mg/ml)	Higher
		opalescence

TABLE 32
Integration data of the RP-HPLC analysis of the stability samples of 23IL0064 in
different buffer conditions (comparison of 6 weeks 37° C., 6 weeks 25° C.,
6 weeks 4° C. and −80° C. Ref).
	Stress	pre 1	pre 2	main peak	post 1	post 2	Total peak
p23IL0064 in	condition	22.4	23.3	23.9	27.5	29.0	area (%)*
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	68	195	1671	76	20	2029
Histidine pH	%	3%	10%	82%	4%	1%	100%
6.5	6 weeks 4° C.	77	201	1791	85	29	2182
	%	4%	9%	82%	4%	1%	108%
	6 weeks 25° C.	77	196	1696	125	33	2127
	%	4%	9%	80%	6%	2%	105%
	6 weeks 37° C.	130	186	1499	274	57	2146
	%	6%	9%	70%	13%	3%	106%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	68	199	1807	66	20	2159
Histidine pH	%	3%	9%	84%	3%	1%	100%
6.0	6 weeks 4° C.	69	195	1751	71	17	2104
	%	3%	9%	83%	3%	1%	97%
	6 weeks 25° C.	67	206	1696	90	22	2080
	%	3%	10%	82%	4%	1%	96%
	6 weeks 37° C.	117	200	1573	152	37	2079
	%	6%	10%	76%	7%	2%	96%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	66	175	1564	49	14	1867
Histidine pH	%	4%	9%	84%	3%	1%	100%
6.5 +	6 weeks 4° C.	74	196	1749	85	29	2133
0.02%	%	3%	9%	82%	4%	1%	114%
Tween80	6 weeks 25° C.	86	196	1556	117	37	1992
	%	4%	10%	78%	6%	2%	107%
	6 weeks 37° C.	116	195	1258	245	66	1881
	%	6%	10%	67%	13%	4%	101%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	70	201	1770	66	19	2128
Histidine pH	%	3%	9%	83%	3%	1%	100%
6.5 +	6 weeks 4° C.	68	193	1739	80	14	2093
8% mannitol	%	3%	9%	83%	4%	1%	98%
	6 weeks 25° C.	82	192	1665	123	32	2094
	%	4%	9%	80%	6%	2%	98%
	6 weeks 37° C.	95	173	1438	256	35	1998
	%	5%	9%	72%	13%	2%	94%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	56	193	1685	70	16	2019
Histidine pH	%	3%	10%	83%	3%	1%	100%
6.5 +	6 weeks 4° C.	61	198	1691	62	17	2029
8% sucrose	%	3%	10%	83%	3%	1%	100%
	6 weeks 25° C.	80	202	1591	123	29	2026
	%	4%	10%	79%	6%	1%	100%
	6 weeks 37° C.	139	246	1292	316	73	2065
	%	7%	12%	63%	15%	4%	102%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	53	167	1413	51	15	1698
Histidine pH	%	3%	10%	83%	3%	1%	100%
6.5 +	6 weeks 4° C.	68	197	1669	67	18	2019
1.5% glycine	%	3%	10%	83%	3%	1%	119%
	6 weeks 25° C.	74	189	1596	124	31	2014
	%	4%	9%	79%	6%	2%	119%
	6 weeks 37° C.	95	185	1359	278	52	1968
	%	5%	9%	69%	14%	3%	116%
20 mM	−80° C. Ref	72	233	1984	81	15	2385
Histidine pH	%	3%	10%	83%	3%	1%	100%
6.5 CONC	6 weeks 4° C.	90	218	1880	88	21	2297
	%	4%	9%	82%	4%	1%	96%
	6 weeks 25° C.	96	235	1848	143	33	2355
	%	4%	10%	78%	6%	1%	99%
	6 weeks 37° C.	126	261	1725	332	62	2505
	%	5%	10%	69%	13%	2%	105%
(%)*: recovery calculated by using the total area compared to the −80° C. Ref of the same condition.

TABLE 33
Melting temperatures for 23IL0064 and 23IL0075 in different buffers
as determined by differential scanning calorimetry (at 1 mg/mL).
Scanning was performed at 1° C./min, starting at 30° C.
	Buffer	23IL0064	23IL0075
	25 mM acetate; pH 5.5; 50 mM NaCl	55.5	58.0
	25 mM acetate; pH 5.5; 250 mM NaCl	52.9	55.5
	25 mM MES; pH 6.0; 50 mM NaCl	56.2	58.8
	25 mM MES; pH 6.0; 250 mM NaCl	53.2	55.7
	25 mM hepes; pH 7.0; 50 mM NaCl	56.7	59.3
	25 mM hepes; pH 7.0; 250 mM NaCl	53.7	56.2
	25 mM Tris; pH 7.5; 50 mM NaCl	56.3	58.7
	25 mM Tris; pH 7.5; 250 mM NaCl	53.5	56.1

TABLE 34
Melting temperatures for 23IL0064 and 23IL0075 in buffers
as determined by thermal shift assay (at 0.1 mg/mL).
Buffer	23IL0064	23IL0075*	23IL0075*
20 mM Histidine pH6.5;	54.5	57.0	57.0
50 mM NaCl
20 mM Histidine pH6.5	56.6	59.2	59.3
20 mM Histidine pH6.5; 7 5%	57.9	60.7	60.6
mannitol
20 mM hepes pH7; 50 mM	54.8	57.4	57.5
NaCl
20 mM hepes pH7	56.8	59.8	59.9
20 mM hepes pH7; 7.5%	58.2	61.1	61.2
mannitol
20 mM hepes pH8; 50 mM	55.0	57.6	57.8
NaCl
20 mM hepes pH8	56.4	59.5	59.4
20 mM hepes pH8; 7.5%	57.6	60.3	60.3
mannitol
*Measurements were performed on the 2 batches

TABLE 35
Design-Expert Numerical Optimization of the model. The larger
the Desirability coefficient the better the proposal of the optimum.
	Conc(log10)			Tm
Number	(mM)	PH	Buffer	(° C.)	Desirability
Solutions for phosphate
1	1.00	6.00	Phosphate	59.0012	0.895
2	1.04	6.00	Phosphate	58.9419	0.881
Solutions for Acetate
1	1.00	6.00	Acetate	59.2759	0.959
2	1.01	6.08	Acetate	59.2615	0.956
3	1.11	5.88	Acetate	59.1489	0.929
4	1.10	5.80	Acetate	59.1345	0.926
5	1.15	5.72	Acetate	59.0452	0.905
6	1.16	5.68	Acetate	59.0036	0.895
7	1.32	6.09	Acetate	58.9476	0.882
8	1.33	6.15	Acetate	58.9406	0.881
9	1.35	6.21	Acetate	58.9317	0.879
10	1.19	5.56	Acetate	58.8937	0.870
11	1.32	5.89	Acetate	58.8726	0.865
12	1.00	5.00	Acetate	58.77	0.841
13	1.35	5.69	Acetate	58.7182	0.829
14	1.50	6.12	Acetate	58.7181	0.829
15	1.10	5.10	Acetate	58.682	0.820
16	1.16	5.19	Acetate	58.6346	0.809
17	1.57	6.08	Acetate	58.5857	0.798
18	1.44	5.71	Acetate	58.5814	0.797
19	1.35	5.50	Acetate	58.5692	0.794
20	1.55	5.96	Acetate	58.5672	0.793
21	1.6	6.18	Acetate	58.5354	0.786
22	1.70	6.00	Acetate	58.3294	0.738
23	1.62	5.68	Acetate	58.215	0.711
24	1.34	5.01	Acetate	58.0486	0.672
25	1.47	5.20	Acetate	57.9981	0.660
26	1.33	4.96	Acetate	57.9943	0.659
27	1.56	5.35	Acetate	57.9714	0.654
28	1.27	4.83	Acetate	57.9579	0.651
29	1.62	5.41	Acetate	57.9098	0.639
30	1.53	5.16	Acetate	57.8061	0.615
31	1.61	5.29	Acetate	57.7715	0.607
32	1.57	5.20	Acetate	57.7583	0.604
33	1.56	5.18	Acetate	57.7496	0.602
34	1.35	4.79	Acetate	57.7035	0.591
35	1.65	5.24	Acetate	57.61	0.569
36	1.65	5.17	Acetate	57.5141	0.547
37	1.70	5.00	Acetate	57.0985	0.449
37 Solutions found
Solutions for Histidine
1	1.01	6.19	Histidine	59.4631	1.000
2	1.00	6.18	Histidine	59.4654	1.000
3	1.02	6.20	Histidine	59.4617	1.000
4	1.01	6.20	Histidine	59.4767	1.000
5	1.01	6.20	Histidine	59.4702	1.000
6	1.01	6.18	Histidine	59.4525	1.000
7	1.01	6.18	Histidine	59.4554	1.000
8	1.00	6.19	Histidine	59.4736	1.000
9	1.02	6.19	Histidine	59.4524	1.000
10	1.02	6.19	Histidine	59.4537	1.000
11	1.01	6.20	Histidine	59.4644	1.000
12	1.02	6.20	Histidine	59.4559	1.000
13	1.01	6.18	Histidine	59.4608	1.000
14	1.02	6.19	Histidine	59.4556	1.000
15	1.00	6.21	Histidine	59.485	1.000
16	1.01	6.18	Histidine	59.4505	1.000
17	1.02	6.19	Histidine	59.4579	1.000
18	1.03	6.21	Histidine	59.4523	1.000
19	1.01	6.18	Histidine	59.4562	1.000
20	1.01	6.21	Histidine	59.4702	1.000
21	1.00	6.19	Histidine	59.4689	1.000
22	1.01	6.20	Histidine	59.4711	1.000
23	1.05	6.21	Histidine	59.4363	0.997
23 Solutions found
Solutions for Succinate
1	1.00	5.94	Succinate	57.8819	0.633
2	1.00	5.94	Succinate	57.8819	0.633
3	1.00	5.94	Succinate	57.8819	0.633
4	1.00	5.93	Succinate	57.8819	0.633
5	1.00	5.95	Succinate	57.8818	0.633
6	1.00	5.92	Succinate	57.8818	0.633
7	1.00	5.96	Succinate	57.8817	0.633
7 Solutions found

TABLE 36
Optimization results based on obtained melting temperatures in the screening of a wide range of excipients
in a histidine, acetate or phosphate buffer for the formulation of 23IL0075. The results were ordered from high
to low Tm value. The formulation composition has to be read combining the identity of the excipients in
columns 2 to 4 and the amount of each excipient in columns 5 to 7.
Combination	Sugar/				% sugar/	% amino	%	Tm value
number	polyol	Detergent	Amino acid	Buffer	polyol	acid	Detergent	(° C.)
47	Sucrose	Tween 20	Glycine	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	62.97
44	Sucrose	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	62.5
5	Mannitol	P-F68	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	62.22
41	Sucrose	P-F68	Glycine	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	62.22
11	Mannitol	Tween 20	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	62.18
46	Sucrose	Tween 20	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	10.5	0	0	62.16
42	Sucrose	P-F68	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	6.3	0.91	0	62.13
38	Sucrose	P-F68	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	61.9
6	Mannitol	P-F68	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	3.7	0.77	0	61.86
43	Sucrose	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	10.5	0	0	61.77
40	Sucrose	P-F68	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	8.8	0.37	0	61.74
22	Sorbitol	P-F68	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	3.9	0.69	0	61.7
48	Sucrose	Tween 20	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	9.2	0.28	0	61.67
4	Mannitol	P-F68	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	4.7	0.37	0	61.58
53	Sucrose	Tween 80	Glycine	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	61.58
54	Sucrose	Tween 80	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	6.4	0.90	0	61.52
17	Mannitol	Tween 80	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	61.44
37	Sucrose	P-F68	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	10.5	0	0	61.43
23	Sorbitol	P-F68	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	61.39
12	Mannitol	Tween 20	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0	61.33
10	Mannitol	Tween 20	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	61.2
30	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	0.0	2.3	0.0021	61.2
29	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	61.19
50	Sucrose	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	10.5	0	0	61.14
52	Sucrose	Tween 80	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	8.4	0.46	0	61.1
2	Mannitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	61.07
45	Sucrose	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	10.5	0	0	61.01
18	Mannitol	Tween 80	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0	60.93
8	Mannitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	60.88
28	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	60.86
24	Sorbitol	P-F68	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	3.2	1.00	0	60.84
16	Mannitol	Tween 80	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	60.73
19	Sorbitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0.062	60.71
49	Sucrose	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	10.5	0	0	60.68
20	Sorbitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0.036	60.65
39	Sucrose	P-F68	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	10.5	0	0	60.5
1	Mannitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	60.43
34	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Glycine	AcetatePH5.5	3.9	0.69	0	60.29
26	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0.0004	60.27
35	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Glycine	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	60.18
14	Mannitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	5.6	0	0	60.17
3	Mannitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.5	0.06 + 0.05	0	60.15
25	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0.0017	60.04
7	Mannitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	59.98
51	Sucrose	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	10.5	0	0	59.98
9	Mannitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0	59.86
21	Sorbitol	P-F68	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0.106	59.73
13	Mannitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0	59.54
15	Mannitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0	59.49
36	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Glycine	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0	59.46
31	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	AcetatePH5.5	5.6	0	0.0027	59.36
32	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	HistidinePH6	4.9	0.34 + 0.29	0.0009	59.34
27	Sorbitol	Tween 20	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0.0039	59.17
33	Sorbitol	Tween 80	Arg/Glu	PhosphatePH6	5.6	0	0.0049	58.59

TABLE 37
Comparison of the aggregation onset temperatures and maximum
scatter reached for 23IL0075 in 3 buffers (250 μg/mL), as
measured by elastic light scattering. (Temperature interval:
45-95° C., temperature gradient: 2° C./min, data pitch:
1° C., wavelength (ex/em): 500 nm, band width (ex/em): 3 nm.)
	Aggregation onset	Maximum
	temperature	scatter reached
	10 mM phosphate pH 6	52.1° C.	Out of scale
	10 mM acetate pH 6	51.0° C.	Out of scale
	10 mM histidine pH 6	52.7° C.	435 abs

TABLE 38
List of buffers tested in freeze/thaw and stir stress study of 23IL0075 (10 mg/mL)
No.	Buffer
1	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	5.6% mannitol	0.0025%	Tween 80
2	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	5.6% mannitol	0.005%	Tween 80
3	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	5.6% mannitol	0.05%	P-F68
4	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	5.6% mannitol	0.1%	P-F68
5	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.0025%	Tween 80
6	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.005%	Tween 80
7	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.05%	P-F68
8	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.1%	P-F68
9	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.0025%	Tween 80
10	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.005%	Tween 80
11	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.05%	P-F68
12	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	5.6% mannitol	0.1%	P-F68
13	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.0025%	Tween 80
14	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.005%	Tween 80
15	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.05%	P-F68
16	10 mM Acetate pH 5.5	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.1%	P-F68
17	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.0025%	Tween 80
18	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.005%	Tween 80
19	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.05%	P-F68
20	10 mM Histidine pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.1%	P-F68
21	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.0025%	Tween 80
22	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.005%	Tween 80
23	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.05%	P-F68
24	10 mM Phosphate pH 6.0	2.8% mannitol 1.15% glycine	0.1%	P-F68

TABLE 39
Stability study of 23IL0075 in 10 mM Histidine pH 6.0 with different excipients.
The samples were stressed by 10 × freeze/thaw, and were stored at different
temperatures (−70° C., 5° C., 25° C. and 37° C.) for a stability study.
The stressed and stability samples were analyzed using OD measurement,
RP-HPLC and SE-HPLC.
	Conc.					Poloxamer
No.	(mg/mL)	Buffer	Mannitol	Sucrose	Glycine	188	Tween-80
1	25	10 mM L-	5.4%				0.005%
		histidine, pH 6
2	25	10 mM L-		10.0%			0.005%
		histidine, pH 6
3	25	10 mM L-	3.5%	3.5%			0.005%
		histidine, pH 6
4	25	10 mM L-	2.8%		1.15%		0.005%
		histidine, pH 6
5	25	10 mM L-	5.4%			0.05%
		histidine, pH 6
6	25	10 mM L-		10.0%		0.05%
		histidine, pH 6
7	25	10 mM L-	3.5%	3.5%		0.05%
		histidine, pH 6
8	25	10 mM L-	2.8%		1.15%	0.05%
		histidine, pH 6
9	25	10 mM L-	3.5%	3.5%
		histidine, pH 6

TABLE 40
Samples subjected to shear stress by stirring. The samples
were afterwards analyzed by OD measurements,
RP-HPLC, SE-HPLC and Biacore.
No.	Conc.	Buffer	Mannitol	Sucrose	Glycine
1	10 mg/mL	10 mM L-histidine,	5.4%
		pH 6
2	10 mg/mL	10 mM L-histidine,		10.0%
		pH 6
3	10 mg/mL	10 mM L-histidine,	3.5%	3.5%
		pH 6
4	10 mg/mL	10 mM L-histidine,	2.8%		1.15%
		pH 6

TABLE 41
Results of SE-HPLC and RP-HPLC chromatography of 23IL0075 at 25 mg/mL in different
candidate formulation buffers (details see table above) in accelerated stability study at 25 and 37° C.
	3 weeks 37° C.
		% postpeak
	% pre-peak	in RP-HPLC	6 weeks 37° C.	6 weeks 25° C.
	in SE-HPLC	(N-terminal	% pre-peak*	% postpeak**	% pre-peak*	% postpeak**
Excipients	(oligomers)*	pyroglutamate)**	in SE-HPLC	in RP-HPLC	in SE-HPLC	in RP-HPLC
Mannitol/Tween 80	4.8	6.7	6.9	9.5	0.7	4.9
Sucrose/Tween 80	4.0	6.0	7.1	9.2	0.6	4.1
Mannitol/sucrose/Tween	5.3	5.6	9.5	8.5	0.6	3.8
80
Mannitol/Glycine/Tween	7.2	5.6	12	8.8	0.7	3.9
80
Mannitol/PF	5.0	6.2	12***	14.7***	0.8	5.6
Sucrose/PF	3.7	5.8	7.9	9.4	0.6	4.1
Mannitol/Sucrose/PF	4.3	5.4	8.5	8.3	0.7	4.1
Mannitol/Glycine/PF	5.4	5.4	11	8.6	0.8	3.9
Mannitol/Sucrose	3.5	5.2	7.5	8.3	0.8	3.8
*In the reference sample 0.3 to 0.4% pre-peak in SE-HPLC;
**% post-peak in RP-HPLC was present;
***The sample stressed for 6 weeks at 37° C. in mannitol and Poloxamer 188 was an outlier also based on the OD500 value that was 0.1 compared to OD500 values always below 0.01 for all other samples.

TABLE 42
Stability data of IL6R304 batch CMC-D-0048, stored at −70° C.
	Time point (months)
Test Method	Initial (0)	3	6
Appearance	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution
A280	10.52 mg/mL	10.38 mg/mL	10.45 mg/mL
SEC-HPLC	Purity = 99.20%	Purity = 98.67%	Purity = 98.76%
	Pre peaks = 0.80%	Pre peaks = 1.33%	Pre peaks = 1.24%
	Post peaks = 0.00%	Post peaks = 0.00%	Post peaks = 0.00%
cIEF	Purity = 100.00%	Purity = 100.00%	Purity = 99.30%
	Post peak = 0.00%	Post peak = 0.00%	Post peak = 0.70%
RP-HPLC	Purity = 93.90%	Purity = 91.93%	Purity = 92.8%
	Pre peak 1 = 0.00%	Pre peak 1 = 0.14%	Pre peak 1 = 0.12%
	Pre peak 2 = 3.20%	Pre peak 2 = 3.41%	Pre peak 2 = 3.00%
	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 0.00%
	Post peak 2 = 2.60%	Post peak 2 = 4.10%	Post peak 2 = 3.60%
	Post peak 3 = 0.00%	Post peak 3 = 0.00%	Post peak 3 = 0.00%
	Post peak 4 = 0.20%	Post peak 4 = 0.29%	Post peak 4 = 0.32%
	Post peak 5 = 0.00%	Post peak 5 = 0.14%	Post peak 5 = 0.15%
Potency	1.256 ± 0.084	0.973 ± 0.072	1.049 ± 0.090
(IL-6R
inhibition)
Potency	1.044 ± 0.094	0.955 ± 0.085	0.985 ± 0.069
(HSA binding)

TABLE 43
Stability data of IL6R304 batch CMC-D-0048, stored at +5° C.
	Time point (months)
Test Method	Initial (0)	3	6
Appearance	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution
A280	10.52 mg/mL	10.29 mg/mL	10.33 mg/mL
SEC-HPLC	Purity = 99.20%	Purity = 98.50%	Purity = 98.62%
	Pre peaks = 0.80%	Pre peaks = 1.50%	Pre peaks = 1.38%
	Post peaks = 0.00%	Post peaks = 0.00%	Post peaks = 0.00%
cIEF	Purity = 100.00%	Purity = 100.00%	Purity = 99.30%
	Post peak = 0.00%	Post peak = 0.00%	Post peak = 0.70%
RP-HPLC	Purity = 93.90%	Purity = 91.71%	Purity = 92.30%
	Pre peak 1 = 0.00%	Pre peak 1 = 0.15%	Pre peak 1 = 0.11%
	Pre peak 2 = 3.20%	Pre peak 2 = 3.53%	Pre peak 2 = 3.20%
	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 0.00%
	Post peak 2 = 2.60%	Post peak 2 = 4.16%	Post peak 2 = 3.90%
	Post peak 3 = 0.00%	Post peak 3 = 0.00%	Post peak 3 = 0.00%
	Post peak 4 = 0.20%	Post peak 4 = 0.29%	Post peak 4 = 0.35%
	Post peak 5 = 0.00%	Post peak 5 = 0.15%	Post peak 5 = 0.12%
Potency	1.256 ± 0.084	0.959 ± 0.061	1.015 ± 0.076
(IL6R
inhibition)
Potency	1.044 ± 0.094	0.930 ± 0.103	0.983 ± 0.078
(HSA binding)

TABLE 44
Stability data of IL6R304 batch CMC-D-0048, stored at +25° C.
	Time point (months)
Test Method	Initial (0)	3	6
Appearance	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution	Clear, colorless solution
A280	10.52 mg/mL	10.29 mg/mL	10.48 mg/mL
SEC-HPLC	Purity = 99.20%	Purity = 97.81%	Purity = 97.13%
	Pre peaks = 0.80%	Pre peaks = 1.57%	Pre peaks = 1.87%
	Post peaks = 0.00%	Post peaks = 0.62%	Post peaks = 1.00%
cIEF	Purity = 100.00%	Purity = 96.40%	Purity = 92.30%
	Post peak = 0.00%	Post peak = 3.60%	Post peak = 7.70%
RP-HPLC	Purity = 93.90%	Purity = 87.77%	Purity = 82.30%
	Pre peak 1 = 0.00%	Pre peak 1 = 0.44%	Pre peak 1 = 0.87%
	Pre peak 2 = 3.20%	Pre peak 2 = 4.56%	Pre peak 2 = 6.40%
	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 0.00%	Post peak 1 = 1.10%
	Post peak 2 = 2.60%	Post peak 2 = 6.26%	Post peak 2 = 8.80%
	Post peak 3 = 0.00%	Post peak 3 = 0.54%	Post peak 3 = 0.86%
	Post peak 4 = 0.20%	Post peak 4 = 0.30%	Post peak 4 = 0.32%
	Post peak 5 = 0.00%	Post peak 5 = 0.13%	Post peak 5 = 0.16%
Potency	1.256 ± 0.084	0.945 ± 0.065	0.949 ± 0.066
(IL6R
inhibition)
Potency	1.044 ± 0.094	0.967 ± 0.095	0.926 ± 0.065
(HSA binding)

Claims

1. A formulation comprising an aqueous carrier having a pH of 5.5 to 8.0 and a polypeptide comprising one or more single variable domains at a concentration of 1 mg/mL to 200 mg/mL, said formulation being formulated for administration to a human subject and said formulation further comprising one or more components selected from:

a) A buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM selected from the group consisting of histidine pH 6.0-6.5, hepes pH 7.0-8.0, MES pH 6.0, succinate pH 6.0-6.5 and acetate pH 5.5-6.0;

b) An excipient at a concentration of 1% to 20%;

c) A surfactant at a concentration of 0.001% to 1% selected from Tween 80, Tween 20 or a poloxamer;

wherein said formulation has an inorganic salt concentration of 150 mM or lower.

2. The formulation of claim 1, that does not contain any inorganic salt.

3. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the concentration of polypeptide is about 1 to 200 mg/ml or more, preferably about 5 to 100 mg/mL or more, more preferably about 5 to 50 mg/mL or more, most preferably about 5 to 30 mg/mL or more, such as around 5 mg/mL, around 10 mg/mL, around 20 mg/mL, around 30 mg/mL, around 40 mg/mL, around 50 mg/mL, around 60 mg/mL, around 70 mg/mL, around 80 mg/mL, around 90 mg/mL, around 100 mg/mL, around 150 mg/mL or even more.

4. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises two or more single variable domains, such as two or three.

5. The formulation of claim 4, wherein the polypeptide is selected from one of SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.

6. The formulation of claim 1, wherein

the polypeptide has a solubility of at least 20 mg/mL, preferably 50 mg/mL or more, more preferably 90 mg/mL or more or 120 mg/mL or more, most preferably 150 mg/mL or more, or even 200 mg/mL or more, as determined by the PEG exclusion method or by a concentration experiment;

the polypeptide has a melting temperature of at least 59° C. or more, preferably at least 60° C. or more, more preferably at least 61° C. or more or at least 62° C. or more, most preferably at least 63° C. or more as measured by the thermal shift assay (TSA) and/or differential scanning calorimetry (DSC);

no particulates are present as measured by OD320/OD280 and/or elastic light scattering;

less than 10% of the polypeptide forms pyroglutamate at the N-terminal glutamic acid during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), the % of pyroglutamate as measured by RP-HPLC;

less than 10% of the polypeptide forms dimers during storage at a temperature of 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 8 weeks, at least 10 weeks, at least 3 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more), the % of dimers as measured by SE-HPLC;

at least 80% of the polypeptide retains its binding activity to at least one of its targets after storage at 37±5° C. up to at least 2 weeks (preferably at least 3 weeks, at least 5 weeks, at least 2 months, at least 6 months, at least 1 year, 1.5 year or even 2 years or more) compared to the binding activity prior to storage, said binding activity as measured by ELISA and/or Biacore; and/or

the polypeptide is stable during mechanical stress.

7. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the pH is between 6.0 and 8.0, preferably between 6.2 and 7.5, more preferably between 6.5 and 7.5 or 6.5 and 7.0, such as 6.5 or 7.0.

8. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the buffer is a histidine buffer.

9. The formulation of claim 8, wherein the buffer is a histidine pH 6.5 or histidine pH 6.0 buffer.

10. The formulation of claim 8, wherein the histidine buffer has a concentration of 10 to 50 mM, more preferably 10 to 20 mM, such as about 10 mM or 15 mM.

11. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the excipient is a saccharide, a non-reducing sugar and/or polyol.

12. The formulation of claim 11, wherein the excipient is selected from the group consisting of mannitol, trehalose, sorbitol and sucrose.

13. The formulation of claim 11, wherein the excipient has a concentration of 2.5% to 15%, more preferably 5% to 10%, such as about 5%, 7.5%, 8% and 10%.

14. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the surfactant is Tween 80.

15. The formulation of claim 14, wherein the surfactant has a concentration of 0.01% to 0.1%, preferably 0.01% to 0.05%, such as about 0.01% or 0.005%.

16. The formulation of claim 1, comprising:

a) A histidine pH 6.5 or pH 6.0 buffer at a concentration of 10 mM to 100 mM;

b) Sucrose at a concentration of 1% to 20%; and

c) Tween 80 at a concentration of 0.001% to 1%.

17. The formulation of claim 16, comprising:

a) 15 mM histidine pH 6.5;

b) 8% sucrose; and

c) 0.01% Tween 80.

18. The formulation of claim 16, comprising:

a) 10 mM histidine pH 6.0;

b) 10% sucrose; and

c) 0.005% Tween 80.

19. The formulation of claim 17, comprising:

a) 15 mM histidine pH 6.5;

b) 8% sucrose;

c) 0.01% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.

20. The formulation of claim 18, comprising:

a) 10 mM histidine pH 6.0;

b) 10% sucrose;

c) 0.005% Tween 80; and

d) A polypeptide selected from SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 6.

21. A method for the preparation of a formulation of claim 1, at least comprising the step of concentrating the polypeptide and exchanging it with the selected buffer and/or excipient.

22. A sealed container containing a formulation according to claim 1.

23. A pharmaceutical unit dosage form suitable for parenteral administration to a human, comprising a formulation according to claim 1 in a suitable container.

24. A kit comprising one or more of the sealed containers according to claim 22 and instructions for use of the formulation.

25. The formulation of claim 1, for use in therapy.

26. Method for prevention and/or treatment of one or more diseases and/or disorders, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a formulation according to claim 1.

27. Method of claim 26, wherein the disease is a disease and/or disorder associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of RANKL, disease and/or disorder associated with overexpression of IL-6, or disease and disorder associated with heterodimeric cytokines and their receptors.

28. A kit comprising one or more of the pharmaceutical unit dosage forms according to claim 23, and instructions for use of the formulation.